diff options
| author | Christian Weisgerber <naddy@cvs.openbsd.org> | 2022-03-31 17:27:33 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Christian Weisgerber <naddy@cvs.openbsd.org> | 2022-03-31 17:27:33 +0000 |
| commit | 58a6bdb2eecf165eb39e1ff5a8082c4bd6ec1211 (patch) | |
| tree | c631dd0d4ac59c3286cbf5b06d00e840263d40da | |
| parent | a7df80ab7071480723f6f681dc3bbfcda8caffb5 (diff) | |
man pages: add missing commas between subordinate and main clauses
jmc@ dislikes a comma before "then" in a conditional, so leave those
untouched.
ok jmc@
275 files changed, 1005 insertions, 1005 deletions
diff --git a/bin/csh/csh.1 b/bin/csh/csh.1 index 04d0b4f072e..25b0cec1534 100644 --- a/bin/csh/csh.1 +++ b/bin/csh/csh.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: csh.1,v 1.85 2021/03/08 02:47:25 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: csh.1,v 1.86 2022/03/31 17:27:13 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: csh.1,v 1.10 1995/03/21 09:02:35 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)csh.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 1/21/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CSH 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ a line of command input is read and broken into This sequence of words is placed on the command history list and parsed. Finally each command in the current line is executed. .Pp -When a login shell terminates it executes commands from the files +When a login shell terminates, it executes commands from the files .Pa .logout in the user's home directory and .Pa /etc/csh.logout . @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ but break into words at blanks, tabs, and newlines. .El .Pp Unless preceded by a -.Ql g +.Ql g , the change is applied only to the first modifiable word. With substitutions, it is an error for no word to be applicable. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ a variable whose value consists of multiple words expands to separated by blanks. When the .Ql :q -modifier is applied to a substitution +modifier is applied to a substitution, the variable will expand to multiple words with each word separated by a blank and quoted to prevent later command or filename substitution. .Pp @@ -996,9 +996,9 @@ number or two numbers separated by a .Ql \- . The first word of a variable's value is numbered .Ql 1 . -If the first number of a range is omitted it defaults to +If the first number of a range is omitted, it defaults to .Ql 1 . -If the last number of a range is omitted it defaults to +If the last number of a range is omitted, it defaults to .Ql $#name . The selector .Ql * @@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ When this command is read from the terminal, the loop is read once prompting with .Ql \&? before any statements in the loop are executed. -If you make a mistake typing in a loop at the terminal you can rub it out. +If you make a mistake typing in a loop at the terminal, you can rub it out. .Pp .It Ic glob Ar wordlist Like @@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ the .It Ic time Ar command With no argument, a summary of time used by this shell and its children is printed. -If arguments are given +If arguments are given, the specified simple command is timed and a time summary as described under the .Ic time @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ The filename expansion of .Dq Pa ~ refers to this variable. .It Ic ignoreeof -If set the shell ignores +If set, the shell ignores end-of-file from input devices which are terminals. This prevents shells from accidentally being killed by control-Ds. .It Ic mail @@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@ The string that is printed before each command is read from an interactive terminal input. If a .Ql \&! -appears in the string it will be replaced by the current event number +appears in the string, it will be replaced by the current event number unless a preceding .Ql \e is given. @@ -2585,7 +2585,7 @@ command-line option, causes the words of each command to be printed after history substitution. .El .Ss Non-built-in command execution -When a command to be executed is found to not be a built-in command +When a command to be executed is found to not be a built-in command, the shell attempts to execute the command via .Xr execve 2 . Each word in the variable diff --git a/bin/ksh/ksh.1 b/bin/ksh/ksh.1 index b87dcf926a8..2b29b0d7733 100644 --- a/bin/ksh/ksh.1 +++ b/bin/ksh/ksh.1 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ksh.1,v 1.215 2021/05/04 21:03:30 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ksh.1,v 1.216 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Public Domain .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 4 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt KSH 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -4012,7 +4012,7 @@ Times are reported to standard error; the format of the output is: .Pp If the .Fl p -option is given the output is slightly longer: +option is given, the output is slightly longer: .Bd -literal -offset indent real 0.00 user 0.00 diff --git a/bin/ksh/sh.1 b/bin/ksh/sh.1 index 48543693596..326fb8e0c99 100644 --- a/bin/ksh/sh.1 +++ b/bin/ksh/sh.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sh.1,v 1.153 2021/05/04 21:03:31 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sh.1,v 1.154 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jason McIntyre <jmc@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 4 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SH 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -1052,9 +1052,9 @@ argument is ignored for the commands .Ic 0 , ^ , $ , and .Ic c . -If the motion moves towards the beginning of the line +If the motion moves towards the beginning of the line, the character under the cursor is not deleted; -if it moves towards the end of the line +if it moves towards the end of the line, it is deleted. .It Ic C Delete the characters between the cursor and the line end, @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ placing them in the save buffer. A special motion command, .Ic d , may be used to delete the entire line. -If the motion moves towards the beginning of the line +If the motion moves towards the beginning of the line, the character under the cursor is not deleted. .It Oo Ar count Oc Ns Ic D Delete the characters between the cursor and the line end, @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ placing them in the save buffer. A special motion command, .Ic y , may be used to yank the entire line. -If the motion moves towards the beginning of the line +If the motion moves towards the beginning of the line, the character under the cursor is not yanked. .It Oo Ar count Oc Ns Ic Y Yank (copy) the characters between the cursor and the line end, diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.1 b/bin/pax/pax.1 index d146a966abe..dda8e2abfb6 100644 --- a/bin/pax/pax.1 +++ b/bin/pax/pax.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pax.1,v 1.75 2020/01/16 16:46:46 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pax.1,v 1.76 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: pax.1,v 1.3 1995/03/21 09:07:37 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)pax.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 4/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PAX 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from the standard input. When a .Ar file -operand is also a directory the entire file +operand is also a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted at that directory will be included. The effect of the .Em copy diff --git a/bin/pax/tar.1 b/bin/pax/tar.1 index c4346a526ee..0bdb0e2652a 100644 --- a/bin/pax/tar.1 +++ b/bin/pax/tar.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tar.1,v 1.63 2020/10/05 05:52:19 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tar.1,v 1.64 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert .\" All rights reserved. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 5 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TAR 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Path in which to store temporary files. Default tape device to use instead of .Pa /dev/rst0 . If set to hyphen -.Pq Sq - +.Pq Sq - , standard output is used. .El .Sh FILES diff --git a/bin/ps/ps.1 b/bin/ps/ps.1 index 1e64816e754..7328d30fd73 100644 --- a/bin/ps/ps.1 +++ b/bin/ps/ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ps.1,v 1.124 2022/02/15 23:16:00 rob Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ps.1,v 1.125 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ps.1,v 1.16 1996/03/21 01:36:28 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)ps.1 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 15 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PS 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Alias: The CPU utilization of the process; this is a decaying average over up to a minute of previous (real) time. Since the time base over which this is computed varies (since processes may -be very young) it is possible for the sum of all +be very young), it is possible for the sum of all .Cm %cpu fields to exceed 100%. .It Cm %mem diff --git a/bin/stty/stty.1 b/bin/stty/stty.1 index 9faa65de2d5..e7ffbaf07d6 100644 --- a/bin/stty/stty.1 +++ b/bin/stty/stty.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: stty.1,v 1.48 2020/01/16 16:46:46 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: stty.1,v 1.49 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: stty.1,v 1.10 1995/09/07 06:57:14 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)stty.1 8.5 (Berkeley) 6/1/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt STTY 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ If string is the two character sequence .Ql ^- or the string -.Dq undef +.Dq undef , the control character is disabled (i.e. set to .Brq Dv _POSIX_VDISABLE ) . diff --git a/games/boggle/boggle/boggle.6 b/games/boggle/boggle/boggle.6 index f8b9f4b9608..fcff14ec581 100644 --- a/games/boggle/boggle/boggle.6 +++ b/games/boggle/boggle/boggle.6 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: boggle.6,v 1.21 2015/09/12 16:10:25 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: boggle.6,v 1.22 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: boggle.6,v 1.2 1995/03/21 12:14:35 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, Jason Downs. All rights reserved. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)boggle.6 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/11/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 12 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BOGGLE 6 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -158,5 +158,5 @@ When using the .Cm + or .Cm ++ -options the display of words found in the board doesn't clearly indicate +options, the display of words found in the board doesn't clearly indicate reused cubes. diff --git a/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 b/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 index 3736bc14d19..d3c5e2d67a6 100644 --- a/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 +++ b/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: canfield.6,v 1.12 2022/02/18 23:17:13 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: canfield.6,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: canfield.6,v 1.4 1995/03/21 15:08:30 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)canfield.6 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CANFIELD 6 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ causes .Nm canfield to maintain card counting statistics on the bottom of the screen. -When properly used this can greatly increase one's chances of +When properly used, this can greatly increase one's chances of winning. .Pp The rules for betting are somewhat less strict than diff --git a/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 b/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 index b5cacdf924f..564435918cc 100644 --- a/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 +++ b/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fortune.6,v 1.16 2021/01/03 01:41:51 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fortune.6,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:14 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)fortune.6 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FORTUNE 6 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION When .Nm -is run with no arguments it prints out a random epigram. +is run with no arguments, it prints out a random epigram. Epigrams are divided into several categories, where each category is subdivided into those which are potentially offensive and those which are not. diff --git a/games/phantasia/phantasia.6tbl b/games/phantasia/phantasia.6tbl index ac7af6fad28..15c3acc35bd 100644 --- a/games/phantasia/phantasia.6tbl +++ b/games/phantasia/phantasia.6tbl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: phantasia.6tbl,v 1.11 2022/02/18 23:17:14 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: phantasia.6tbl,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: phantasia.6,v 1.9 2002/09/26 18:32:03 wiz Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PHANTASIA 6 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ none .br Used while combating monsters. Has a 25% chance of working. -If it works it hits the monster just enough to kill it. +If it works, it hits the monster just enough to kill it. If it fails, it doesn't hit the monster, and doubles the monster's .Em quickness and @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ and .Em brains , and the monster's .Em experience . -If it fails the player is transported instead. +If it fails, the player is transported instead. 60% of the time, the monster will drop any treasure it was carrying. .It Ic paralyze .Em magic level necessary : diff --git a/games/worms/worms.6 b/games/worms/worms.6 index a736b90d3b1..f922ef84cc5 100644 --- a/games/worms/worms.6 +++ b/games/worms/worms.6 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: worms.6,v 1.15 2012/05/27 16:57:14 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: worms.6,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)worms.6 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 27 2012 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt WORMS 6 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Specifies a delay, in milliseconds, between each update. This is useful for fast terminals. Reasonable values are around 20\(en200. The default is based on the terminal speed. -If the terminal is 9600 baud or slower no delay is used. +If the terminal is 9600 baud or slower, no delay is used. Otherwise, the delay is computed via the following formula: .Pp .Dl delay = speed / 9600 \- 1 diff --git a/lib/libagentx/agentx.3 b/lib/libagentx/agentx.3 index e587eb7dd80..d45a3ae885a 100644 --- a/lib/libagentx/agentx.3 +++ b/lib/libagentx/agentx.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: agentx.3,v 1.7 2021/03/12 05:18:00 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: agentx.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2020 Martijn van Duren <martijn@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 12 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt AGENTX 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ is created by .Fn agentx or when .Fa sa -detects that there is no connection to the agentx master it calls out to +detects that there is no connection to the agentx master, it calls out to .Fa nofd with itself, .Fa cookie @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ and an integer as arguments. If .Fa close -is not set +is not set, .Fn nofd is expected to set up a new .Fa fd @@ -352,18 +352,18 @@ but must always be done as a result of a call to .Fn nofd . Once .Fn agentx_connect -has been called the application is responsible for retrieving data when available +has been called, the application is responsible for retrieving data when available on .Fa fd by calling .Fn agentx_read . -If nonblocking writes are desirable the +If nonblocking writes are desirable, the .Fn agentx_wantwrite pointer can be set to an application function and will be called as soon as there's data available to be written out. Once .Fa fd -is ready for write the function +is ready for a write, the function .Fn agentx_write should be called. .Pp @@ -371,8 +371,8 @@ should be called. can be freed via .Fn agentx_free . It will close all active sessions and free all derived objects. -Once freed no new objects can be derived from the freed objects. -Once all sessions are closed it will call out to +Once freed, no new objects can be derived from the freed objects. +Once all sessions are closed, it will call out to .Fn nofd with .Fa close @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ The .Fa timeout argument specifies the maximum time in seconds the master should wait for a reply before determining we're gone. -If set to 0 the agentx master determines the timeout. +If set to 0, the agentx master determines the timeout. The .Fa oid and @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ The is the SNMPv3 context in which the objects operate and is built on top of agentx_session .Fa sas . -If the default context is requested +If the default context is requested, .Fa name must be NULL. .Pp @@ -420,13 +420,13 @@ combination should point to an AGENT-CAPABILITIES object which describes the capabilities of the subagent. .Fa descr should be a textual description of the capabilities. -If no AGENT-CAPABILITIES object is defined this function can be omitted. +If no AGENT-CAPABILITIES object is defined, this function can be omitted. .Pp A .Vt agentx_region indicates a region inside the object-tree for which get- and set-requests will be queried. -If the OID has already been claimed by another subagent it will try to claim it +If the OID has already been claimed by another subagent, it will try to claim it on a lower priority. The .Fa timeout @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ registers the first available index; and .Fn agentx_index_integer_value tries to register a specific value. -If the registration of an index fails an error will be logged and all objects +If the registration of an index fails, an error will be logged and all objects using it will remain disabled. The OID where the index should be registered is documented by the MIB. These registered indices are usually used for tables where multiple subagents @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ and indexlen can't be more than .Dv AGENTX_OID_INDEX_MAX_LEN . If .Fa implied -is set the final index must be of type OID or string and will omit the leading +is set, the final index must be of type OID or string and will omit the leading length indicator. This value must only be set if specified in the MIB. .Fn getcb @@ -529,8 +529,8 @@ Set the return value to an opaque value. .It Fn agentx_varbind_counter64 Set the return value to an uint64_t of type counter64. .It Fn agentx_varbind_notfound -When the request is of type GET return a nosuchinstance error. -When the request is of type GETNEXT or GETBULK return an endofmibview error. +When the request is of type GET, return a nosuchinstance error. +When the request is of type GETNEXT or GETBULK, return an endofmibview error. On endofmibview the next object is queried. This function can only be called on objects that contain one or more *_dynamic indices. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ is set the object must be reachable from the agentx master, else NULL is returned. If .Fa inclusive -is set the object returned may also exactly match +is set, the object returned may also exactly match .Fa oid . .It Fn agentx_context_uptime Returns the sysuptime in seconds for diff --git a/lib/libc/asr/asr_run.3 b/lib/libc/asr/asr_run.3 index f9dba304cc1..d9b3282f3b7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/asr/asr_run.3 +++ b/lib/libc/asr/asr_run.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: asr_run.3,v 1.4 2019/10/24 05:57:41 otto Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: asr_run.3,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012-2014, Eric Faurot <eric@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 24 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ASR_RUN 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ structure contains the address of the DNS server that sent the response, contains the code returned by the server in the DNS response packet, and .Fa ar_count contains the number of answers in the packet. -If a response is received it is placed in a newly allocated buffer +If a response is received, it is placed in a newly allocated buffer and returned as .Fa ar_data member. diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.3 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.3 index 1d44d78a725..5ad8e0a0d5d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.3 +++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.3 @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: sigvec.3,v 1.35 2017/05/29 11:10:29 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sigvec.3,v 1.36 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 29 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SIGVEC 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ from before the signal's delivery. If the process wishes to resume in a different context, then it must arrange to restore the previous context itself. .Pp -When a signal is delivered to a process a new signal mask is +When a signal is delivered to a process, a new signal mask is installed for the duration of the process' signal handler (or until a .Xr sigblock 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/db/man/btree.3 b/lib/libc/db/man/btree.3 index aab03d87514..e49f3000596 100644 --- a/lib/libc/db/man/btree.3 +++ b/lib/libc/db/man/btree.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: btree.3,v 1.24 2019/04/23 18:13:11 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: btree.3,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: btree.3,v 1.6 1996/05/03 21:26:48 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, Phillip F Knaack. All rights reserved. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)btree.3 8.4 (Berkeley) 8/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 23 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BTREE 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Obviously, using a cache increases (but only increases) the likelihood of corruption or lost data if the system crashes while a tree is being modified. If .Fa cachesize -is 0 (no size is specified) a default cache is used. +is 0 (no size is specified), a default cache is used. .It Fa maxkeypage The maximum number of keys which will be stored on any single page. Not currently implemented. @@ -130,13 +130,13 @@ by the minkeypage value, it will be stored on overflow pages instead of in the page itself. If .Fa minkeypage -is 0 (no minimum number of keys is specified) a value of 2 is used. +is 0 (no minimum number of keys is specified), a value of 2 is used. .It Fa psize Page size is the size (in bytes) of the pages used for nodes in the tree. The minimum page size is 512 bytes and the maximum page size is 64K. If .Fa psize -is 0 (no page size is specified) a page size is chosen based on the +is 0 (no page size is specified), a page size is chosen based on the underlying file system I/O block size. .It Fa compare Compare is the key comparison function. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ The number should represent the order as an integer; for example, big endian order would be the number 4,321. If .Fa lorder -is 0 (no order is specified) the current host order is used. +is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used. .El .Pp If the file already exists (and the diff --git a/lib/libc/db/man/hash.3 b/lib/libc/db/man/hash.3 index ae162925653..c4246a67903 100644 --- a/lib/libc/db/man/hash.3 +++ b/lib/libc/db/man/hash.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: hash.3,v 1.20 2016/05/09 11:13:10 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: hash.3,v 1.21 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: hash.3,v 1.6 1996/05/03 21:26:50 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, Phillip F Knaack. All rights reserved. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)hash.3 8.6 (Berkeley) 8/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 9 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt HASH 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The number should represent the order as an integer; for example, big endian order would be the number 4,321. If .Fa lorder -is 0 (no order is specified) the current host order is used. +is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used. If the file already exists, the specified value is ignored and the value specified when the tree was created is used. .El diff --git a/lib/libc/db/man/recno.3 b/lib/libc/db/man/recno.3 index 2a58f6fc920..ba7e656ab9d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/db/man/recno.3 +++ b/lib/libc/db/man/recno.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: recno.3,v 1.20 2015/09/10 10:20:55 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: recno.3,v 1.21 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: recno.3,v 1.6 1996/05/03 21:26:51 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, Phillip F Knaack. All rights reserved. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)recno.3 8.5 (Berkeley) 8/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RECNO 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ This value is advisory, and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail. If .Fa cachesize -is 0 (no size is specified) a default cache is used. +is 0 (no size is specified), a default cache is used. .It Fa psize The recno access method stores the in-memory copies of its records in a btree. This value is the size (in bytes) of the pages used for nodes in that tree. If .Fa psize -is 0 (no page size is specified) a page size is chosen based on the +is 0 (no page size is specified), a page size is chosen based on the underlying file system I/O block size. See .Xr btree 3 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ The number should represent the order as an integer; for example, big endian order would be the number 4,321. If .Fa lorder -is 0 (no order is specified) the current host order is used. +is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used. .It Fa reclen The length of a fixed-length record. .It Fa bval diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/auth_subr.3 b/lib/libc/gen/auth_subr.3 index a9834f03e26..c7bd965f944 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/auth_subr.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/auth_subr.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: auth_subr.3,v 1.25 2021/05/31 19:54:04 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: auth_subr.3,v 1.26 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" BSDI $From: auth_subr.3,v 2.5 2000/03/30 19:11:27 polk Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt AUTH_OPEN 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ passed to the login scripts for their possible use. .It Dv AUTH_INTERACTIVE If set to any value, then the session is tagged as interactive. If not set, the session is not interactive. -When the value is requested it is always either +When the value is requested, it is always either .Dv NULL or .Dq True . @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ These variables are set by login scripts. When a new login script is run (by the .Fn auth_call -function) +function), the values from the previous login script are lost. (See .Xr login.conf 5 @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ If no entry has been saved (either explicitly via or implicitly via .Fn auth_check_expire or -.Fn auth_check_change ) +.Fn auth_check_change ) , it returns .Dv NULL . Note that the memory containing the password file entry is freed by diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/authenticate.3 b/lib/libc/gen/authenticate.3 index c83b190540c..e8b8a68be6f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/authenticate.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/authenticate.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: authenticate.3,v 1.18 2016/03/30 06:58:06 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: authenticate.3,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" BSDI $From: authenticate.3,v 2.7 1998/09/03 20:27:20 prb Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 30 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt AUTH_APPROVAL 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ If the class does not have the field .Dq ignorenologin and the file .Pa /etc/nologin -exists its contents will be copied to standard output and +exists, its contents will be copied to standard output and .Xr exit 3 will be called with a value of 1. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/cgetent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/cgetent.3 index 76cb4c889f5..4932746f5fa 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/cgetent.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/cgetent.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: cgetent.3,v 1.2 2021/02/02 07:33:29 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: cgetent.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 2 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CGETENT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Numeric capability values may be given in one of three numeric bases. If the number starts with either .Ql 0x or -.Ql 0X +.Ql 0X , it is interpreted as a hexadecimal number (both upper and lower case a-f may be used to denote the extended hexadecimal digits). Otherwise, if the number starts with a diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 index 727b4b0345c..d6114de1c99 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: getdomainname.3,v 1.26 2018/01/12 04:36:44 deraadt Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: getdomainname.3,v 1.27 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 12 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETDOMAINNAME 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ which has length This call is restricted to the superuser and is normally used only when the system is bootstrapped. .Sh RETURN VALUES -If the call succeeds a value of 0 is returned. +If the call succeeds, a value of 0 is returned. If the call fails, a value of \-1 is returned and an error code is placed in the global variable .Va errno . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 index 9c267f10bfd..1f30f15fc57 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: gethostname.3,v 1.28 2018/01/12 04:36:44 deraadt Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: gethostname.3,v 1.29 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 12 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETHOSTNAME 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ which has length This call is restricted to the superuser and is normally used only when the system is bootstrapped. .Sh RETURN VALUES -If the call succeeds a value of 0 is returned. +If the call succeeds, a value of 0 is returned. If the call fails, a value of \-1 is returned and an error code is placed in the global variable .Va errno . diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 index ac6bec387da..e51e7b62899 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sleep.3,v 1.17 2021/12/07 03:16:08 cheloha Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sleep.3,v 1.18 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 7 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SLEEP 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ for the interrupting signal. If .Fn sleep sleeps for the full count of -.Fa seconds +.Fa seconds , it returns 0. Otherwise, .Fn sleep diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 index a6d48715dc9..da1382a8982 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: syslog.3,v 1.36 2020/02/05 12:35:19 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: syslog.3,v 1.37 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 5 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SYSLOG 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ one or more of the following values: If .Fn syslog cannot pass the message to -.Xr syslogd 8 +.Xr syslogd 8 , it will attempt to write the message to the console .Pq Pa /dev/console . .It Dv LOG_NDELAY diff --git a/lib/libc/hash/MD5Init.3 b/lib/libc/hash/MD5Init.3 index 3cfca64c3b9..fa8d9fadf91 100644 --- a/lib/libc/hash/MD5Init.3 +++ b/lib/libc/hash/MD5Init.3 @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ .\" If we meet some day, and you think this stuff is worth it, you .\" can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: MD5Init.3,v 1.2 2019/12/05 21:45:05 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: MD5Init.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 5 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MD5INIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using after use. If the .Ar buf -argument is non-null it must point to at least MD5_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH +argument is non-null, it must point to at least MD5_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH characters of buffer space. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cksum 1 , diff --git a/lib/libc/hash/RMD160Init.3 b/lib/libc/hash/RMD160Init.3 index e6349e1d3c9..c3afa488ca7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/hash/RMD160Init.3 +++ b/lib/libc/hash/RMD160Init.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: RMD160Init.3,v 1.2 2019/12/05 21:45:05 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: RMD160Init.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2004 Todd C. Miller <millert@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" See http://www.esat.kuleuven.ac.be/~bosselae/ripemd160.html .\" for detailed information about RIPEMD-160. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 5 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RMD160INIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ function calculates the digest for a file and returns the result via .Fn RMD160End . If .Fn RMD160File -is unable to open the file a NULL pointer is returned. +is unable to open the file, a NULL pointer is returned. .Pp .Fn RMD160FileChunk behaves like diff --git a/lib/libc/hash/SHA1Init.3 b/lib/libc/hash/SHA1Init.3 index 723ccfb4e01..f604e6c1e7e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/hash/SHA1Init.3 +++ b/lib/libc/hash/SHA1Init.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: SHA1Init.3,v 1.2 2019/12/05 21:45:05 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: SHA1Init.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:15 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2004 Todd C. Miller <millert@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" See http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips180-1/fip180-1.txt .\" for the detailed standard .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 5 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SHA1INIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ function calculates the digest for a file and returns the result via .Fn SHA1End . If .Fn SHA1File -is unable to open the file a +is unable to open the file, a .Dv NULL pointer is returned. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 b/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 index de46e70182b..035db2780b5 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.59 2019/08/30 20:20:50 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.60 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $KAME: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.36 2005/01/05 03:23:05 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2004 Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC") @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR .\" PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 30 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETADDRINFO 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ or .Dv SOCK_RAW . When .Fa ai_socktype -is zero the caller will accept any socket type. +is zero, the caller will accept any socket type. .It Fa ai_protocol Indicates which transport protocol is desired, .Dv IPPROTO_UDP @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ or .Dv IPPROTO_TCP . If .Fa ai_protocol -is zero the caller will accept any protocol. +is zero, the caller will accept any protocol. .It Fa ai_flags .Fa ai_flags is formed by @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ and no service name resolution should be attempted. .It Dv AI_PASSIVE If the .Dv AI_PASSIVE -bit is set it indicates that the returned socket address structure +bit is set, it indicates that the returned socket address structure is intended for use in a call to .Xr bind 2 . In this case, if the diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet6_opt_init.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet6_opt_init.3 index fb4253aa2c7..41ba842166b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/inet6_opt_init.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/inet6_opt_init.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: inet6_opt_init.3,v 1.7 2022/03/29 18:15:52 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: inet6_opt_init.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $KAME: inet6_opt_init.3,v 1.7 2004/12/27 05:08:23 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2004 WIDE Project. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 29 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INET6_OPT_INIT 3 .Os .\" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ The function can perform different jobs. When a valid .Fa extbuf -argument is supplied it appends an option to the extension buffer and +argument is supplied, it appends an option to the extension buffer and returns the updated total length as well as a pointer to the newly created option in .Fa databufp . @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ or When .Fa extbuf is not -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL , the function also sets up the appropriate padding bytes by inserting a Pad1 or PadN option of the proper length. .Pp @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ and point to the 8-bit option type, the 8-bit option length and the option data respectively. This function does not return any PAD1 or PADN options. -When an error occurs or there are no more options the return +When an error occurs or there are no more options, the return value is \-1. .\" .Ss inet6_opt_find diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet6_rth_space.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet6_rth_space.3 index fd69da24556..c40b45057e3 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/inet6_rth_space.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/inet6_rth_space.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: inet6_rth_space.3,v 1.7 2014/06/11 16:59:47 chrisz Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: inet6_rth_space.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $KAME: inet6_rth_space.3,v 1.7 2005/01/05 03:00:44 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2004 WIDE Project. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 11 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INET6_RTH_SPACE 3 .Os .\" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ argument and containing the number of addresses specified in the .Fa segments argument. When the type is -.Dv IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0 +.Dv IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0 , the number of segments must be from 0 through 127. The return value from this function is the number of bytes required to store the routing header. diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet_net_ntop.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet_net_ntop.3 index 816e87bf986..cac234be42c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/inet_net_ntop.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/inet_net_ntop.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: inet_net_ntop.3,v 1.2 2021/09/01 15:59:22 claudio Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: inet_net_ntop.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: inet_net.3,v 1.1 1997/06/18 02:25:27 lukem Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 1 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INET_NET_NTOP 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is in the range and is used to explicitly specify the number of bits in the network address. When .Dq Li /bits -is not specified the number of bits in the network address is calculated +is not specified, the number of bits in the network address is calculated as the larger of the number of bits in the class to which the address belongs and the number of bits provided rounded up modulo 8. Examples: @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ is in the range and is used to explicitly specify the number of bits in the network address. When .Dq Li /bits -is not specified 128 is used. +is not specified, 128 is used. Note that when the number of bits is specified using .Dq Li /bits notation, the value of the address still includes all bits supplied diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 index decc165d32c..572e95dc4f7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mktemp.3,v 1.54 2014/10/26 12:54:18 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mktemp.3,v 1.55 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 26 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MKTEMP 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ function generates a temporary file name based on a template as described above. Because .Fn mktemp -does not actually create the temporary file there is a window of +does not actually create the temporary file, there is a window of opportunity during which another process can open the file instead. Because of this race condition, .Fn mktemp diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/scanf.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/scanf.3 index 59730e3feb9..5383f904925 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/scanf.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/scanf.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: scanf.3,v 1.25 2019/08/30 20:27:25 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: scanf.3,v 1.26 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 30 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SCANF 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ or that the conversion will be one of .Cm sc[ . .Pp If the conversion is one of -.Cm sc[ +.Cm sc[ , the expected conversion input is a multibyte character sequence. Each multibyte character in the sequence is converted with a call to the .Fn mbrtowc diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/wprintf.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/wprintf.3 index 96c99f6aa23..05ed0842640 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/wprintf.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/wprintf.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: wprintf.3,v 1.9 2021/09/02 09:50:38 deraadt Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: wprintf.3,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)printf.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 2 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt WPRINTF 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ argument accessed will be used. Arguments are numbered starting at .Cm 1 . If unaccessed arguments in the format string are interspersed with ones that -are accessed the results will be indeterminate. +are accessed, the results will be indeterminate. .It Zero or more of the following flags: .Bl -tag -width "'0' (space)" diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 index dc3e691ece2..9bd498ab50d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: malloc.3,v 1.128 2021/04/09 06:04:15 otto Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: malloc.3,v 1.129 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 9 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MALLOC 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ and multiplying .Fa oldnmemb and .Fa size -results in integer overflow +results in integer overflow, .Fn recallocarray returns .Dv NULL @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Here is a brief description of the error messages and what they mean: .It Dq out of memory If the .Cm X -option is specified it is an error for the allocation functions +option is specified, it is an error for the allocation functions to return .Dv NULL . .It Dq bogus pointer (double free?) diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 index cd904356148..a7ab9850130 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.21 2019/01/25 00:19:25 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.22 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <millert@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 25 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TSEARCH 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ except that if no match is found, is inserted into the tree and a pointer to it is returned. If .Fa rootp -points to a null value a new binary search tree is created. +points to a null value, a new binary search tree is created. .Pp .Fn tdelete deletes a node from the specified binary search tree and returns diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 index c3bab1ec7dd..a6b5635fab4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bind.2,v 1.22 2021/01/03 18:10:27 rob Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bind.2,v 1.23 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: bind.2,v 1.8 1995/10/12 15:40:46 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)bind.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIND 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ .Fn bind assigns a name to an unnamed socket. When a socket is created with -.Xr socket 2 +.Xr socket 2 , it exists in a name space (address family) but has no name assigned. .Fn bind requests that diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 index 53ad392601f..d9378c8543c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: chroot.2,v 1.23 2021/01/03 18:10:27 rob Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: chroot.2,v 1.24 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: chroot.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:32:12 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)chroot.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CHROOT 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ to become the root directory, that is, the starting point for path searches of pathnames beginning with .Ql / . .Pp -In order for a directory to become the root directory +In order for a directory to become the root directory, a process must have execute (search) access for that directory. .Pp If the program is not currently running with an altered root directory, diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 b/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 index 796bfd0512d..0ba8a68581d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: clock_gettime.2,v 1.31 2020/10/25 00:54:51 cheloha Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: clock_gettime.2,v 1.32 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 25 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CLOCK_GETTIME 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Only the clock may be set and only the superuser may set it. If the system .Xr securelevel 7 -is 2 or greater the time may only be advanced. +is 2 or greater, the time may only be advanced. This limitation is imposed to prevent a malicious superuser from setting arbitrary timestamps on files. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 index f4e57c3afc5..0aaa5c7691c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: execve.2,v 1.55 2021/06/30 18:46:49 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: execve.2,v 1.56 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: execve.2,v 1.9 1995/02/27 12:32:25 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)execve.2 8.3 (Berkeley) 1/24/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 30 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EXECVE 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ An interpreter file begins with a line of the form: .Ed .Pp When an interpreter file is passed to -.Fn execve +.Fn execve , the system instead calls .Fn execve with the specified @@ -225,11 +225,11 @@ to the arguments themselves. As the .Fn execve function overlays the current process image -with a new process image the successful call +with a new process image, the successful call has no process to return to. If .Fn execve -does return to the calling process an error has occurred; the +does return to the calling process, an error has occurred; the return value will be \-1 and the global variable .Va errno is set to indicate the error. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 index 21b24ed2a0c..67b9aa48e85 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: getsockname.2,v 1.30 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: getsockname.2,v 1.31 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: getsockname.2,v 1.6 1995/10/12 15:41:00 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)getsockname.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETSOCKNAME 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Common uses of this function are as follows: When .Xr bind 2 is called with a port number of 0 (indicating the kernel should pick -an ephemeral port) +an ephemeral port), .Fn getsockname is used to retrieve the kernel-assigned port number. .It diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 index 07369b1aa1c..8ed6136dbff 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: getsockopt.2,v 1.58 2021/10/08 14:12:58 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: getsockopt.2,v 1.59 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: getsockopt.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:33:29 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)getsockopt.2 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETSOCKOPT 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ they are always present at the uppermost .Dq socket level. .Pp -When manipulating socket options the level at which the +When manipulating socket options, the level at which the option resides and the name of the option must be specified. To manipulate options at the socket level, .Fa level diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 index 33e6d27547d..24a4ca49920 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: gettimeofday.2,v 1.32 2021/12/06 02:48:55 cheloha Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: gettimeofday.2,v 1.33 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)gettimeofday.2 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/26/95 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 6 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETTIMEOFDAY 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ is Only the superuser may set the clock. If the system .Xr securelevel 7 -is 2 or greater the clock may only be advanced. +is 2 or greater, the clock may only be advanced. This limitation prevents a malicious superuser from setting arbitrary timestamps on files. Setting the clock cancels any ongoing diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 index 7d69a2d420f..f358d13afed 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: kqueue.2,v 1.45 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: kqueue.2,v 1.46 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jonathan Lemon .\" All rights reserved. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2,v 1.18 2001/02/14 08:48:35 guido Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt KQUEUE 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Causes to return with .Dv EV_ERROR set without draining any pending events after updating events in the kqueue. -When a filter is successfully added the +When a filter is successfully added, the .Fa data field will be zero. This flag is useful for making bulk changes to a kqueue. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 index 69b05e7e185..2fb45c15316 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mmap.2,v 1.67 2021/06/30 18:46:49 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mmap.2,v 1.68 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: mmap.2,v 1.5 1995/06/24 10:48:59 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)mmap.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 30 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MMAP 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ failing that it will be placed "close by". If .Fa addr is -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL , the system can pick any address. Except for .Dv MAP_FIXED diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mquery.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mquery.2 index ba87270f8c0..7da8cda279e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mquery.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mquery.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mquery.2,v 1.12 2021/01/20 19:44:48 otto Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mquery.2,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 Artur Grabowski <art@openbsd.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF .\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 20 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MQUERY 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The behavior of the function depends on the .Fa flags argument. If set to -.Dv MAP_FIXED +.Dv MAP_FIXED , the pointer .Fa addr is used as a fixed hint and @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ if there is not .Fa size bytes free after that address. Otherwise it will return the hint addr. -If no flags are set +If no flags are set, .Fn mquery will use .Fa addr @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ file and offset specified in the and .Fa off arguments. -When no such area can be found +When no such area can be found, .Fn mquery will return .Dv MAP_FAILED @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ and set .Va errno to indicate the error. .Sh RETURN VALUES -When a memory range satisfying the request is found +When a memory range satisfying the request is found, .Fn mquery returns the available address. Otherwise, diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 b/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 index 53cdabd2048..50e273b2888 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: nanosleep.2,v 1.18 2021/07/25 15:47:26 cheloha Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: nanosleep.2,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: nanosleep.2,v 1.1 1997/04/17 18:12:02 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)sleep.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 25 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NANOSLEEP 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ If .Fn nanosleep sleeps the full .Fa timeout -without interruption it returns 0. +without interruption, it returns 0. Unless .Fa remainder is @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ it is set to zero. .Pp If .Fn nanosleep -is interrupted by a signal it returns \-1 and the global variable +is interrupted by a signal, it returns \-1 and the global variable .Va errno is set to .Dv EINTR . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/open.2 b/lib/libc/sys/open.2 index a7fa1ba24e3..c8e056bbd92 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/open.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/open.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: open.2,v 1.50 2021/01/03 18:10:27 rob Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: open.2,v 1.51 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: open.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:35:14 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)open.2 8.2 (Berkeley) 11/16/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OPEN 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ If is successful, the file pointer used to mark the current position within the file is set to the beginning of the file. .Pp -When a new file is created it is given the group of the directory +When a new file is created, it is given the group of the directory which contains it. .Pp The new descriptor is set to remain open across diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 index 55c4448382e..39f9baa0d11 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ptrace.2,v 1.41 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ptrace.2,v 1.42 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ptrace.2,v 1.3 1996/02/23 01:39:41 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" This file is in the public domain. -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PTRACE 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ On return the .Fa piod_len field in the descriptor will be updated with the actual number of bytes transferred. -If the requested I/O couldn't be successfully performed +If the requested I/O could not be successfully performed, .Fn ptrace will return .Li -1 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 index 9bd262001fa..5b318968fa6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sigaction.2,v 1.75 2018/02/27 03:29:50 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sigaction.2,v 1.76 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: sigaction.2,v 1.7 1995/10/12 15:41:16 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)sigaction.2 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/3/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 27 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SIGACTION 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ before the signal's delivery. If the process wishes to resume in a different context, then it must arrange to restore the previous context itself. .Pp -When a signal is delivered to a process a new signal mask is +When a signal is delivered to a process, a new signal mask is installed for the duration of the process' signal handler (or until a .Xr sigprocmask 2 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 index 2b6ce203287..eedefac9b07 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.24 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.3 1995/02/27 10:41:52 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1992, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)sigaltstack.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SIGALTSTACK 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Signal stacks may or may not be protected by the hardware and are not .Dq grown automatically as is done for the normal stack. -If the stack overflows and this space is not protected +If the stack overflows and this space is not protected, unpredictable results may occur. .Sh RETURN VALUES .Rv -std diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 b/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 index 5fc2194e742..89848869c92 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: socket.2,v 1.43 2019/05/26 09:47:28 krw Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: socket.2,v 1.44 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: socket.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:37:53 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)socket.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 26 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SOCKET 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ calls or some variant of the and .Xr recv 2 calls. -When a session has been completed a +When a session has been completed, a .Xr close 2 may be performed. Out-of-band data may also be transmitted as described in diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 index f2eca1f7136..91e6851be84 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sync.2,v 1.16 2016/01/09 21:27:28 mmcc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sync.2,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: sync.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:38:41 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)sync.2 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 9 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SYNC 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ function forces a write of dirty (modified) buffers in the block buffer cache out to disk. The kernel keeps this information in core to reduce the number of disk I/O transfers required by the system. -As information in the cache is lost after a system crash a +As information in the cache is lost after a system crash, a .Fn sync call is issued frequently by the in-kernel process update (about every 30 seconds). diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sysctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sysctl.2 index 0e0f0a4fb19..0e41e245b82 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sysctl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sysctl.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sysctl.2,v 1.47 2022/02/19 09:12:09 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sysctl.2,v 1.48 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 19 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SYSCTL 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -2073,16 +2073,16 @@ Get or set global information about MPLS (Multiprotocol Label Switching). Set or get the default TTL value which is used for MPLS (Shim) Header. The default is 255. .It Dv MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP Pq Va net.mpls.mapttl_ip -If set to 1 the TTL field is synchronized between the IP header and the +If set to 1, the TTL field is synchronized between the IP header and the MPLS label stack. -If set to 0 the IP header TTL is not modified while passing through MPLS +If set to 0, the IP header TTL is not modified while passing through MPLS and the MPLS label stack is initialized with the .Dv MPLSCTL_DEFTTL . The default is 1. .It Dv MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP6 Pq Va net.mpls.mapttl_ip6 -If set to 1 the TTL field is synchronized between the IPv6 header and the +If set to 1, the TTL field is synchronized between the IPv6 header and the MPLS label stack. -If set to 0 the IPv6 header TTL is not modified while passing through MPLS +If set to 0, the IPv6 header TTL is not modified while passing through MPLS and the MPLS label stack is initialized with the .Dv MPLSCTL_DEFTTL . The default is 0. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 b/lib/libc/sys/write.2 index 35376a13518..1e0f254c577 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/write.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: write.2,v 1.43 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: write.2,v 1.44 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: write.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:39:43 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)write.2 8.5 (Berkeley) 4/2/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt WRITE 2 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ a writable set-user-ID file owned by the superuser. .Pp If .Fn write -succeeds it will update the st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the file's +succeeds, it will update the st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the file's meta-data (see .Xr stat 2 ) . .Pp diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new.3 index a53723fbfd6..15156ffca32 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new.3,v 1.5 2019/06/06 01:06:58 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_new.3,v 1.6 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2016 Ingo Schwarze <schwarze@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 6 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ACCESS_DESCRIPTION_NEW 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ object, which is a and represents an ASN.1 .Vt AuthorityInfoAccessSyntax structure defined in RFC 5280 section 4.2.2.1. -If can be used for the authority information access extension of +It can be used for the authority information access extension of certificates and certificate revocation lists and for the subject information access extension of certificates. .Fn AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS_free diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/ASN1_TIME_set.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/ASN1_TIME_set.3 index b966165fb21..cd6ab937d02 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/ASN1_TIME_set.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/ASN1_TIME_set.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ASN1_TIME_set.3,v 1.16 2021/11/21 17:35:53 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ASN1_TIME_set.3,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL e9b77246 Jan 20 19:58:49 2017 +0100 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 24a535ea Sep 22 13:14:20 2020 +0100 .\" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ASN1_TIME_SET 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ If both .Pf * Fa pday and .Pf * Fa psec -are nonzero they will always have the same sign. +are nonzero, they will always have the same sign. The value of .Pf * Fa psec will always be less than the number of seconds in a day. diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_f_buffer.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_f_buffer.3 index 21a6e9a5fe8..27baf7270cb 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_f_buffer.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_f_buffer.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_f_buffer.3,v 1.10 2018/05/01 17:05:05 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_f_buffer.3,v 1.11 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL 9b86974e Mar 19 12:32:14 2016 -0400 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 1 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIO_F_BUFFER 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ bytes of .Fa buf . If .Fa num -is larger than the current buffer size the buffer is expanded. +is larger than the current buffer size, the buffer is expanded. .Pp Except .Fn BIO_f_buffer , diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_accept.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_accept.3 index 4ead28b62f7..c33abee9014 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_accept.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_accept.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_s_accept.3,v 1.11 2018/05/12 20:12:17 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_s_accept.3,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL c03726ca Thu Aug 27 12:28:08 2015 -0400 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 12 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIO_S_ACCEPT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ incoming connection before processing I/O calls. When an accept BIO is not at then end of a chain, it passes I/O calls to the next BIO in the chain. .Pp -When a connection is established a new socket BIO is created +When a connection is established, a new socket BIO is created for the connection and appended to the chain. That is the chain is now accept->socket. This effectively means that attempting I/O on an initial accept diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_bio.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_bio.3 index 171207dfe14..bf4e8738b56 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_bio.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_bio.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_s_bio.3,v 1.13 2018/05/01 17:05:05 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_s_bio.3,v 1.14 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL c03726ca Aug 27 12:28:08 2015 -0400 .\" .\" This file was written by @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 1 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIO_S_BIO 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ sets the write buffer size of BIO .Fa b to .Fa size . -If the size is not initialized a default value is used. +If the size is not initialized, a default value is used. This is currently 17K, sufficient for a maximum size TLS record. .Pp .Fn BIO_get_write_buf_size @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ or .Xr SSL_free 3 call, the other half still needs to be freed. .Pp -When used in bidirectional applications (such as TLS/SSL) +When used in bidirectional applications (such as TLS/SSL), care should be taken to flush any data in the write buffer. This can be done by calling .Xr BIO_pending 3 diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_connect.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_connect.3 index 7ddde85f539..2732e9bc9ce 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_connect.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/BIO_s_connect.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_s_connect.3,v 1.11 2018/05/12 20:12:17 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_s_connect.3,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL 186bb907 Apr 13 11:05:13 2015 -0700 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 12 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIO_S_CONNECT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ and also returns the socket. If .Fa c is not -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL , it should be of type .Vt "int *" . .Pp diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/CMS_get0_RecipientInfos.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/CMS_get0_RecipientInfos.3 index e431b2cb36e..094d6ec487e 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/CMS_get0_RecipientInfos.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/CMS_get0_RecipientInfos.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: CMS_get0_RecipientInfos.3,v 1.7 2019/11/02 15:39:46 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: CMS_get0_RecipientInfos.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL e9b77246 Jan 20 19:58:49 2017 +0100 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 2 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CMS_GET0_RECIPIENTINFOS 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Depending on the type, the structure can be ignored or its key identifier data retrieved using an appropriate function. If the corresponding secret or private key can be obtained by any -appropriate means it can then be associated with the structure and +appropriate means, it can then be associated with the structure and .Fn CMS_RecipientInfo_decrypt called. If successful, diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/CRYPTO_set_ex_data.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/CRYPTO_set_ex_data.3 index c78076b8a8b..9d72b85642d 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/CRYPTO_set_ex_data.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/CRYPTO_set_ex_data.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: CRYPTO_set_ex_data.3,v 1.12 2019/08/16 12:16:22 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: CRYPTO_set_ex_data.3,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: .\" OpenSSL CRYPTO_get_ex_new_index 9e183d22 Mar 11 08:56:44 2017 -0500 .\" selective merge up to: 72a7a702 Feb 26 14:05:09 2019 +0000 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 16 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CRYPTO_SET_EX_DATA 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ header file. .Pp The API described here is used by OpenSSL to manipulate exdata for specific structures. -Since the application data can be anything at all it is passed and +Since the application data can be anything at all, it is passed and retrieved as a .Vt void * type. diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/DES_set_key.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/DES_set_key.3 index da58957d365..e74c7c5e488 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/DES_set_key.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/DES_set_key.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: DES_set_key.3,v 1.14 2019/06/06 01:06:58 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: DES_set_key.3,v 1.15 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: .\" OpenSSL man3/DES_random_key 521738e9 Oct 5 14:58:30 2018 -0400 .\" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ .\" copied and put under another distribution licence .\" [including the GNU Public Licence.] .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 6 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DES_SET_KEY 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ If set to .Dv DES_PCBC_MODE (the default), DES_pcbc_encrypt is used. If set to -.Dv DES_CBC_MODE +.Dv DES_CBC_MODE , DES_cbc_encrypt is used. .Sh RETURN VALUES .Fn DES_set_key , diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EC_GROUP_new.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EC_GROUP_new.3 index a02104f9676..ef7251fa3d4 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EC_GROUP_new.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EC_GROUP_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EC_GROUP_new.3,v 1.13 2021/05/11 04:22:32 tb Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EC_GROUP_new.3,v 1.14 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL 6328d367 Sat Jul 4 21:58:30 2020 +0200 .\" .\" This file was written by Matt Caswell <matt@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 11 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EC_GROUP_NEW 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ item has a unique integer ID .Pq Fa nid and a human readable comment string describing the curve. .Pp -In order to construct a builtin curve use the function +In order to construct a builtin curve, use the function .Fn EC_GROUP_new_by_curve_name and provide the .Fa nid diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/ERR_put_error.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/ERR_put_error.3 index 142d2eb2bdd..7eac5e415c7 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/ERR_put_error.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/ERR_put_error.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ERR_put_error.3,v 1.9 2018/03/27 17:35:50 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ERR_put_error.3,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" .\" This file was written by Ulf Moeller <ulf@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 27 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ERR_PUT_ERROR 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Function and reason codes should consist of upper case characters, numbers and underscores only. The error file generation script translates function codes into function names by looking in the header files for an appropriate function name. -If none is found it just uses the capitalized form such as "SSL23_READ" +If none is found, it just uses the capitalized form such as "SSL23_READ" in the above example. .Pp The trailing section of a reason code (after the "_R_") is translated diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_DigestInit.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_DigestInit.3 index 9b2ee4e09fa..b9aacf9e9f9 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_DigestInit.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_DigestInit.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_DigestInit.3,v 1.22 2022/01/15 09:08:51 tb Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_DigestInit.3,v 1.23 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL 7f572e95 Dec 2 13:57:04 2015 +0000 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL a95d7574 Jul 2 12:16:38 2017 -0400 .\" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 15 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVP_DIGESTINIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ For example .Fn EVP_sha1 is associated with RSA so this will return .Dv NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption . -Since digests and signature algorithms are no longer linked this +Since digests and signature algorithms are no longer linked, this function is only retained for compatibility reasons. .Pp .Fn EVP_md5 , diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_EncryptInit.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_EncryptInit.3 index 58d18346e12..47527925ba3 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_EncryptInit.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_EncryptInit.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_EncryptInit.3,v 1.42 2021/10/14 00:45:02 tb Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_EncryptInit.3,v 1.43 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL 5211e094 Nov 11 14:39:11 2014 -0800 .\" EVP_bf_cbc.pod EVP_cast5_cbc.pod EVP_idea_cbc.pod EVP_rc2_cbc.pod .\" 7c6d372a Nov 20 13:20:01 2018 +0000 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 14 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVP_ENCRYPTINIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ The encrypted final data is written to which should have sufficient space for one cipher block. The number of bytes written is placed in .Fa outl . -After this function is called the encryption operation is finished and +After this function is called, the encryption operation is finished and no further calls to .Fn EVP_EncryptUpdate should be made. @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ This "type" is the actual NID of the cipher OBJECT IDENTIFIER as such it ignores the cipher parameters and 40-bit RC2 and 128-bit RC2 have the same NID. If the cipher does not have an object identifier or does not -have ASN.1 support this function will return +have ASN.1 support, this function will return .Dv NID_undef . .Pp .Fn EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ block size n will equal the block size. For example if the block size is 8 and 11 bytes are to be encrypted then 5 padding bytes of value 5 will be added. .Pp -When decrypting the final block is checked to see if it has the correct +When decrypting, the final block is checked to see if it has the correct form. .Pp Although the decryption operation can produce an error if padding is @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ first appeared in LibreSSL 2.8.1 and has been available since and .Dv EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH only refer to the internal ciphers with default key lengths. -If custom ciphers exceed these values the results are unpredictable. +If custom ciphers exceed these values, the results are unpredictable. This is because it has become standard practice to define a generic key as a fixed unsigned char array containing .Dv EVP_MAX_KEY_LENGTH diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_decrypt.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_decrypt.3 index cdae726c427..af5ed93fba7 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_decrypt.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_decrypt.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_PKEY_decrypt.3,v 1.7 2018/03/23 04:34:23 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_PKEY_decrypt.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL 48e5119a Jan 19 10:49:22 2018 +0100 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 23 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVP_PKEY_DECRYPT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ then before the call the parameter should contain the length of the .Fa out buffer. -If the call is successful the decrypted data is written to +If the call is successful, the decrypted data is written to .Fa out and the amount of data written to .Fa outlen . diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_encrypt.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_encrypt.3 index a627c2abb69..210c43d6d8d 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_encrypt.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_encrypt.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_PKEY_encrypt.3,v 1.6 2018/03/23 04:34:23 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_PKEY_encrypt.3,v 1.7 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 23 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVP_PKEY_ENCRYPT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ then before the call the parameter should contain the length of the .Fa out buffer. -If the call is successful the encrypted data is written to +If the call is successful, the encrypted data is written to .Fa out and the amount of data written to .Fa outlen . diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_sign.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_sign.3 index efbea950c94..fbd8e663762 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_sign.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_PKEY_sign.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_PKEY_sign.3,v 1.7 2018/03/23 04:34:23 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_PKEY_sign.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL 99d63d46 Oct 26 13:56:48 2016 -0400 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 23 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVP_PKEY_SIGN 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ then before the call the parameter should contain the length of the .Fa sig buffer. -If the call is successful the signature is written to +If the call is successful, the signature is written to .Fa sig and the amount of data written to .Fa siglen . diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_SignInit.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_SignInit.3 index a53d059b46d..06aeb2f141c 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_SignInit.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/EVP_SignInit.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_SignInit.3,v 1.14 2019/06/10 14:58:48 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: EVP_SignInit.3,v 1.15 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 79b49fb0 Mar 20 10:03:10 2018 +1000 .\" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 10 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVP_SIGNINIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ could not be made after calling .Fn EVP_SignFinal . .Pp Since the private key is passed in the call to -.Fn EVP_SignFinal +.Fn EVP_SignFinal , any error relating to the private key (for example an unsuitable key and digest combination) will not be indicated until after potentially large amounts of data have been passed through diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/OBJ_nid2obj.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/OBJ_nid2obj.3 index 511bf8567a5..4b35762dcfa 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/OBJ_nid2obj.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/OBJ_nid2obj.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: OBJ_nid2obj.3,v 1.18 2021/12/18 17:47:45 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: OBJ_nid2obj.3,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL c264592d May 14 11:28:00 2006 +0000 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 35fd9953 May 28 14:49:38 2019 +0200 .\" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 18 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OBJ_NID2OBJ 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ is 0 then long names and short names will be interpreted as well as numerical forms. If .Fa no_name -is 1 only the numerical form is acceptable. +is 1, only the numerical form is acceptable. .Pp .Fn OBJ_obj2txt converts the diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_cert_to_id.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_cert_to_id.3 index f2ed8b11543..73a21867b9c 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_cert_to_id.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_cert_to_id.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: OCSP_cert_to_id.3,v 1.11 2021/08/06 21:45:55 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: OCSP_cert_to_id.3,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" .\" This file is a derived work. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 6 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OCSP_CERT_TO_ID 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ and returns the issuer name hash, hash OID, issuer key hash and serial number contained in .Fa cid . -If any of the values are not required the corresponding parameter can be +If any of the values are not required, the corresponding parameter can be set to .Dv NULL . The values returned by diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_resp_find_status.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_resp_find_status.3 index bcfefb5754a..06d0354bd62 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_resp_find_status.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_resp_find_status.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: OCSP_resp_find_status.3,v 1.10 2019/08/27 10:00:41 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: OCSP_resp_find_status.3,v 1.11 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL c952780c Jun 21 07:03:34 2016 -0400 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 1212818e Sep 11 13:22:14 2018 +0100 .\" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 27 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OCSP_RESP_FIND_STATUS 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ or .Fn OCSP_single_get0_status . If .Fa sec -is non-zero it indicates how many seconds leeway should be allowed in +is non-zero, it indicates how many seconds leeway should be allowed in the check. If .Fa maxsec -is positive it indicates the maximum age of +is positive, it indicates the maximum age of .Fa thisupd in seconds. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_sendreq_new.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_sendreq_new.3 index c8107c4d586..300f7195258 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_sendreq_new.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/OCSP_sendreq_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: OCSP_sendreq_new.3,v 1.9 2019/08/27 10:48:41 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: OCSP_sendreq_new.3,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" .\" This file is a derived work. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 27 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OCSP_SENDREQ_NEW 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ should be set to .Fn OCSP_sendreq_nbio performs non-blocking I/O on the OCSP request context .Fa rctx . -When the operation is complete it returns the response in +When the operation is complete, it returns the response in .Pf * Fa presp . If .Fn OCSP_sendreq_nbio diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS12_create.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS12_create.3 index d19a6f3e44f..bc00d3df788 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS12_create.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS12_create.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: PKCS12_create.3,v 1.11 2021/10/22 15:50:19 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: PKCS12_create.3,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL 05ea606a May 20 20:52:46 2016 -0400 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 61f805c1 Jan 16 01:01:46 2018 +0800 .\" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 22 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PKCS12_CREATE 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -137,10 +137,10 @@ should be set to PKCS12_DEFAULT_ITER. adds a flag to the store private key. This is a non-standard extension that is only currently interpreted by MSIE. -If set to zero the flag is omitted; if set to -.Dv KEY_SIG +If set to zero, the flag is omitted; if set to +.Dv KEY_SIG , the key can be used for signing only; and if set to -.Dv KEY_EX +.Dv KEY_EX , it can be used for signing and encryption. This option was useful for old export grade software which could use signing only keys of arbitrary size but had restrictions on the diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS7_verify.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS7_verify.3 index 2895da16d85..d091c03dfd5 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS7_verify.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/PKCS7_verify.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: PKCS7_verify.3,v 1.10 2022/01/19 20:28:06 tb Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: PKCS7_verify.3,v 1.11 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL a528d4f0 Oct 27 13:40:11 2015 -0400 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 19 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PKCS7_VERIFY 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ parameter (if it is not and then looking in any certificates contained in the .Fa p7 structure itself. -If any signer's certificates cannot be located the operation fails. +If any signer's certificates cannot be located, the operation fails. .Pp Each signer's certificate is chain verified using the .Sy smimesign purpose and the supplied trusted certificate store. Any internal certificates in the message are used as untrusted CAs. -If any chain verify fails an error code is returned. +If any chain verify fails, an error code is returned. .Pp Finally, the signed content is read (and written to .Fa out diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/RSA_get_ex_new_index.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/RSA_get_ex_new_index.3 index cf3d3f6fd7a..ee1e0e82f7b 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/RSA_get_ex_new_index.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/RSA_get_ex_new_index.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: RSA_get_ex_new_index.3,v 1.10 2018/03/23 23:18:17 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: RSA_get_ex_new_index.3,v 1.11 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL 35cb565a Nov 19 15:49:30 2015 -0500 .\" .\" This file was written by Ulf Moeller <ulf@openssl.org> and @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 23 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RSA_GET_EX_NEW_INDEX 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ with a structure (for example the hash of some part of the structure) or some additional data (for example a handle to the data in an external library). .Pp -Since the application data can be anything at all it is passed and +Since the application data can be anything at all, it is passed and retrieved as a .Vt void * type. diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt.3 index cd7e94d4e1a..3c1237d20e1 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt.3,v 1.15 2021/12/09 19:01:52 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: X509_NAME_add_entry_by_txt.3,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL aebb9aac Jul 19 09:27:53 2016 -0400 .\" .\" This file was written by Dr. Stephen Henson <steve@openssl.org>. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 9 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt X509_NAME_ADD_ENTRY_BY_TXT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ if it is -1 it is appended. .Pp .Fa set determines how the new type is added. -If it is zero a new RDN is created. +If it is zero, a new RDN is created. .Pp If .Fa set -is -1 or 1 it is added to the previous or next RDN structure +is -1 or 1, it is added to the previous or next RDN structure respectively. This will then be a multivalued RDN: since multivalue RDNs are very seldom used, diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags.3 index 8964d612b2e..fdcfd4834e3 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags.3,v 1.24 2022/03/29 14:27:59 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_flags.3,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL d33def66 Feb 9 14:17:13 2016 -0500 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 24a535ea Sep 22 13:14:20 2020 +0100 .\" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 29 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt X509_VERIFY_PARAM_SET_FLAGS 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ enables CRL checking for the entire certificate chain. disables critical extension checking. By default any unhandled critical extensions in certificates or (if checked) CRLs results in a fatal error. -If this flag is set unhandled critical extensions are ignored. +If this flag is set, unhandled critical extensions are ignored. .Sy WARNING : setting this option for anything other than debugging purposes can be a security risk. @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ By default some additional features such as indirect CRLs and CRLs signed by different keys are disabled. If .Dv X509_V_FLAG_EXTENDED_CRL_SUPPORT -is set they are enabled. +is set, they are enabled. .Pp If .Dv X509_V_FLAG_USE_DELTAS diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_get_pubkey.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_get_pubkey.3 index 506404d9ace..0829397982a 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_get_pubkey.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/X509_get_pubkey.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: X509_get_pubkey.3,v 1.12 2021/10/26 18:05:07 tb Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: X509_get_pubkey.3,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 99d63d46 Oct 26 13:56:48 2016 -0400 .\" .\" This file is a derived work. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 26 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt X509_GET_PUBKEY 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ .Fn X509_get_pubkey attempts to decode the public key for certificate .Fa x . -If successful it returns the public key as an +If successful, it returns the public key as an .Vt EVP_PKEY pointer with its reference count incremented: this means the returned key must be freed up after use. diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/lh_new.3 b/lib/libcrypto/man/lh_new.3 index a9ac283a904..c848eed825e 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/lh_new.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/lh_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: lh_new.3,v 1.8 2021/12/17 16:32:07 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: lh_new.3,v 1.9 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: .\" OpenSSL doc/crypto/lhash.pod 1bc74519 May 20 08:11:46 2016 -0400 .\" selective merge up to: @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ .\" copied and put under another distribution licence .\" [including the GNU Public Licence.] .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 17 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt LH_NEW 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ The load is the number of items in the hash table divided by the size of the hash table. The default values are as follows. If (hash->up_load < load) => expand. -if (hash->down_load > load) => contract. +If (hash->down_load > load) => contract. The .Fa up_load has a default value of 1 and @@ -503,12 +503,12 @@ variables. The 'load' is kept in a form which is multiplied by 256. So hash->up_load=8*256 will cause a load of 8 to be set. .Pp -If you are interested in performance the field to watch is +If you are interested in performance, the field to watch is .Fa num_comp_calls . The hash library keeps track of the 'hash' value for each item so when a lookup is done, the 'hashes' are compared, if there is a match, then a full compare is done, and hash->num_comp_calls is incremented. -If num_comp_calls is not equal to num_delete plus num_retrieve it means +If num_comp_calls is not equal to num_delete plus num_retrieve, it means that your hash function is generating hashes that are the same for different values. It is probably worth changing your hash function if this is the case diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/openssl.cnf.5 b/lib/libcrypto/man/openssl.cnf.5 index ae56869b8b8..48ca66cf4b9 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/openssl.cnf.5 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/openssl.cnf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: openssl.cnf.5,v 1.7 2020/02/17 12:52:42 inoguchi Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: openssl.cnf.5,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL man5/config b53338cb Feb 28 12:30:28 2017 +0100 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL a8c5ed81 Jul 18 13:57:25 2017 -0400 .\" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 17 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OPENSSL.CNF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ bar = bar_section The command .Ic engine_id is used to give the ENGINE name. -If used this command must be first. +If used, this command must be first. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent [engine_section] @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ The command sets the default algorithms an ENGINE will supply using the functions .Xr ENGINE_set_default_string 3 . .Pp -If the name matches none of the above command names it is assumed +If the name matches none of the above command names, it is assumed to be a ctrl command which is sent to the ENGINE. The value of the command is the argument to the ctrl command. If the value is the string diff --git a/lib/libcrypto/man/x509v3.cnf.5 b/lib/libcrypto/man/x509v3.cnf.5 index 392c44d456f..89f52d6a012 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypto/man/x509v3.cnf.5 +++ b/lib/libcrypto/man/x509v3.cnf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: x509v3.cnf.5,v 1.7 2020/06/11 18:03:19 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: x509v3.cnf.5,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: .\" OpenSSL man5/x509v3_config a41815f0 Mar 17 18:43:53 2017 -0700 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 36cf10cf Oct 4 02:11:08 2017 -0400 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 11 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt X509V3.CNF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ parameter indicates the maximum number of CAs that can appear below this one in a chain. So if you have a CA with a .Ic pathlen -of zero it can only be used to sign end user certificates and not +of zero, it can only be used to sign end user certificates and not further CAs. .Ss Key usage Key usage is a multi-valued extension consisting of a list of names of diff --git a/lib/libedit/editline.3 b/lib/libedit/editline.3 index 035768a394b..e298f692ee9 100644 --- a/lib/libedit/editline.3 +++ b/lib/libedit/editline.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: editline.3,v 1.48 2021/08/14 11:30:12 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: editline.3,v 1.49 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: editline.3,v 1.88 2016/02/25 14:59:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 14 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EDITLINE 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ If .Fa name is a valid .Xr termcap 5 -capability set +capability, set .Fa value to the current value of that capability. .It Dv EL_SIGNAL , Fa "int *s" @@ -806,9 +806,9 @@ If has been called with a non-zero argument, the element will not be entered into the history if its contents match the ones of the current history element. -If the element is entered +If the element is entered, .Fn history -returns 1; if it is ignored as a duplicate returns 0. +returns 1; if it is ignored as a duplicate, returns 0. Finally .Fn history returns \-1 if an error occurred. diff --git a/lib/libelf/gelf_newehdr.3 b/lib/libelf/gelf_newehdr.3 index 9babb2d5aca..252d887bea0 100644 --- a/lib/libelf/gelf_newehdr.3 +++ b/lib/libelf/gelf_newehdr.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ .\" out of the use of this software, even if advised of the possibility of .\" such damage. .\" -.\" $Id: gelf_newehdr.3,v 1.3 2020/05/18 06:46:23 jsg Exp $ +.\" $Id: gelf_newehdr.3,v 1.4 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .Dd June 12, 2019 .Dt GELF_NEWEHDR 3 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ returns the value returned by When argument .Ar elfclass has value -.Dv ELFCLASS64 +.Dv ELFCLASS64 , it returns the value returned by .Fn elf64_newehdr "elf" . .Pp diff --git a/lib/libevent/event.3 b/lib/libevent/event.3 index 9f9675f2b18..2c62f42a9bd 100644 --- a/lib/libevent/event.3 +++ b/lib/libevent/event.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: event.3,v 1.55 2018/09/23 08:56:19 anton Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: event.3,v 1.56 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Artur Grabowski <art@openbsd.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF .\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 23 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EVENT_INIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ The function .Fn event_del will cancel the event in the argument .Fa ev . -If the event has already executed or has never been added +If the event has already executed or has never been added, the call will have no effect. .Pp The functions @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ The flags parameter can be a combination of .Va EV_READ and .Va EV_WRITE . -When read enabled the bufferevent will try to read from the file +When read enabled, the bufferevent will try to read from the file descriptor and call the read callback. The write callback is executed whenever the output buffer is drained below the write low watermark, diff --git a/lib/libfuse/fuse_chan_fd.3 b/lib/libfuse/fuse_chan_fd.3 index dc00b04ef03..c66c9069911 100644 --- a/lib/libfuse/fuse_chan_fd.3 +++ b/lib/libfuse/fuse_chan_fd.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fuse_chan_fd.3,v 1.2 2018/07/08 06:17:10 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fuse_chan_fd.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2018 Helg Bredow <helg.bredow@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 8 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FUSE_CHAN_FD 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ If successful, returns a non-negative integer, termed a file descriptor. If .Fa ch -is NULL a value of -1 is returned. +is NULL, a value of -1 is returned. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr fuse_mount 3 , .Xr open 3 , diff --git a/lib/libfuse/fuse_new.3 b/lib/libfuse/fuse_new.3 index c36815c7d68..f88cb234fee 100644 --- a/lib/libfuse/fuse_new.3 +++ b/lib/libfuse/fuse_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fuse_new.3,v 1.6 2021/03/12 05:18:01 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fuse_new.3,v 1.7 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2013 Sylvestre Gallon <ccna.syl@gmail.com> .\" Copyright (c) 2018 Helg Bredow <helg@openbsd.org> @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 12 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FUSE_NEW 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ The file mode mask applied to the permission for all files by getattr. By default, FUSE will return an internal inode number for getattr and readdir and this will be different every time the file system is mounted. -If this is set the file system's own inode number will be +If this is set, the file system's own inode number will be reported instead. Useful only for file system that have inode numbers. .El diff --git a/lib/libkeynote/keynote.4 b/lib/libkeynote/keynote.4 index 59397bb2fb5..a63d1a1d40c 100644 --- a/lib/libkeynote/keynote.4 +++ b/lib/libkeynote/keynote.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: keynote.4,v 1.39 2022/02/18 10:24:32 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: keynote.4,v 1.40 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" The author of this code is Angelos D. Keromytis (angelos@dsl.cis.upenn.edu) .\" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ .\" MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR .\" PURPOSE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt KEYNOTE 4 .\" .TH KeyNote 4 local .Os @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ begins with an alphabetic or underscore character and can be followed by any number of alphanumerics and underscores. Attribute names are case sensitive. .Pp -If an action attribute is not defined its value is considered to be +If an action attribute is not defined, its value is considered to be the empty string. .Pp Attribute names beginning with the diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 index e8a7b54f2f6..021971170b8 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pthread_attr_setguardsize.3,v 1.2 2013/06/05 03:44:50 tedu Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pthread_attr_setguardsize.3,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" Manual page derived from TOG's XPG6 documentation. .\" .\" David Leonard, 2000. Public Domain. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PTHREAD_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ attribute provides protection against overflow of the stack pointer. If a thread's stack is created with guard protection, the implementation allocates extra memory at the overflow end of the stack as a buffer against stack overflow of the stack pointer. -If an application overflows into this buffer an error shall result +If an application overflows into this buffer, an error shall result (possibly in a SIGSEGV signal being delivered to the thread). .Sh RETURN VALUES Upon successful completion, diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_barrier_init.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_barrier_init.3 index 23e13eb8716..3b400ad3831 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_barrier_init.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_barrier_init.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pthread_barrier_init.3,v 1.4 2020/04/06 00:01:08 pirofti Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pthread_barrier_init.3,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012 Paul Irofti <paul@irofti.net> .\" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 6 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PTHREAD_BARRIER_INIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ and with a threshold specified with If .Fa attr is -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL , the default attributes are used. The .Fa count diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_cond_init.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_cond_init.3 index 3a162cb726f..662d37d13e8 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_cond_init.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_cond_init.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pthread_cond_init.3,v 1.11 2013/06/05 03:44:50 tedu Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pthread_cond_init.3,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:17 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Brian Cully <shmit@kublai.com> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD: pthread_cond_init.3,v 1.6 1999/08/28 00:03:03 peter Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PTHREAD_COND_INIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ function creates a new condition variable, with attributes specified with If .Fa attr is -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL , the default attributes are used. .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, the diff --git a/lib/libsndio/sio_open.3 b/lib/libsndio/sio_open.3 index b761e7b5080..3bbe4895fde 100644 --- a/lib/libsndio/sio_open.3 +++ b/lib/libsndio/sio_open.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sio_open.3,v 1.52 2020/11/29 08:02:42 ratchov Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sio_open.3,v 1.53 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Alexandre Ratchov <alex@caoua.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 29 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SIO_OPEN 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ frame just written to become audible, expressed in number of frames. The exact playback latency can be obtained by subtracting the current position from the number of frames written. -Once playback is actually started (first sample audible) +Once playback is actually started (first sample audible), the latency will never exceed the .Fa bufsz parameter (see the sections above). diff --git a/lib/libssl/man/BIO_f_ssl.3 b/lib/libssl/man/BIO_f_ssl.3 index 86432002855..5e18a85bd1c 100644 --- a/lib/libssl/man/BIO_f_ssl.3 +++ b/lib/libssl/man/BIO_f_ssl.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_f_ssl.3,v 1.11 2019/06/12 09:36:30 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: BIO_f_ssl.3,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL f672aee4 Feb 9 11:52:40 2016 -0500 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL 61f805c1 Jan 16 01:01:46 2018 +0800 .\" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 12 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIO_F_SSL 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ is appended to an .Vt SSL .Vt BIO using -.Xr BIO_push 3 +.Xr BIO_push 3 , it is automatically used as the .Vt SSL .Vt BIO Ns 's read and write @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ is 0, server mode is set. .Fn BIO_set_ssl_renegotiate_bytes sets the renegotiate byte count to .Fa num . -When set after every +When set, after every .Fa num bytes of I/O (read and write) the SSL session is automatically renegotiated. .Fa num @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ must be at least 512 bytes. .Fn BIO_set_ssl_renegotiate_timeout sets the renegotiate timeout to .Fa seconds . -When the renegotiate timeout elapses the session is automatically renegotiated. +When the renegotiate timeout elapses, the session is automatically renegotiated. .Pp .Fn BIO_get_num_renegotiates returns the total number of session renegotiations due to I/O or timeout. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ established; the call should be used for non blocking connect .Vt BIO Ns s to determine if the call should be retried. -If an SSL connection has already been established this call has no effect. +If an SSL connection has already been established, this call has no effect. .Pp .Vt SSL .Vt BIO Ns s @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ using a blocking transport will never request a retry. Since unknown .Xr BIO_ctrl 3 operations are sent through filter -.Vt BIO Ns s +.Vt BIO Ns s , the server name and port can be set using .Xr BIO_set_conn_hostname 3 and diff --git a/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_options.3 b/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_options.3 index 34c3a1adfd8..5df0b077858 100644 --- a/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_options.3 +++ b/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_options.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: SSL_CTX_set_options.3,v 1.15 2021/06/12 11:02:20 tb Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: SSL_CTX_set_options.3,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" full merge up to: OpenSSL 7946ab33 Dec 6 17:56:41 2015 +0100 .\" selective merge up to: OpenSSL edb79c3a Mar 29 10:07:14 2017 +1000 .\" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 12 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSL_CTX_SET_OPTIONS 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Normally clients and servers using TLSv1.2 and earlier will, where possible, transparently make use of RFC 5077 tickets for stateless session resumption. .Pp -If this option is set this functionality is disabled and tickets will not be +If this option is set, this functionality is disabled and tickets will not be used by clients or servers. .It Dv SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 Do not use the TLSv1.0 protocol. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ server with a .Em no_renegotiation warning alert. .Pp -If the patched OpenSSL server attempts to renegotiate a fatal +If the patched OpenSSL server attempts to renegotiate, a fatal .Em handshake_failure alert is sent. This is because the server code may be unaware of the unpatched nature of the @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ them initially) and this is clearly not acceptable. Renegotiation is permitted because this does not add any additional security issues: during an attack clients do not see any renegotiations anyway. .Pp -As more servers become patched the option +As more servers become patched, the option .Dv SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT will .Em not diff --git a/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback.3 b/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback.3 index ae0349584a1..8be504d3b35 100644 --- a/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback.3 +++ b/lib/libssl/man/SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback.3,v 1.9 2022/02/18 23:17:15 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback.3,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" .\" This file was written by Lutz Jaenicke <jaenicke@openssl.org>. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSL_CTX_SET_TMP_DH_CALLBACK 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ when the application is left, it becomes impossible for attackers to decrypt past sessions, even if they get hold of the normal (certified) key, as this key was only used for signing. .Pp -In order to perform a DH key exchange the server must use a DH group +In order to perform a DH key exchange, the server must use a DH group (DH parameters) and generate a DH key. The server will always generate a new DH key during the negotiation. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libssl/man/SSL_get_session.3 b/lib/libssl/man/SSL_get_session.3 index 4cde129bc2b..2ab43fdd3ef 100644 --- a/lib/libssl/man/SSL_get_session.3 +++ b/lib/libssl/man/SSL_get_session.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: SSL_get_session.3,v 1.7 2018/03/27 17:35:50 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: SSL_get_session.3,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" OpenSSL b97fdb57 Nov 11 09:33:09 2016 +0100 .\" .\" This file was written by Lutz Jaenicke <jaenicke@openssl.org>. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED .\" OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 27 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSL_GET_SESSION 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ If the data is to be kept, .Fn SSL_get1_session will increment the reference count, so that the session will not be implicitly removed by other operations but stays in memory. -In order to remove the session +In order to remove the session, .Xr SSL_SESSION_free 3 must be explicitly called once to decrement the reference count again. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 b/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 index f9a555a130f..e1c4d512889 100644 --- a/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 +++ b/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: usbhid.3,v 1.22 2021/05/30 19:54:52 jcs Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: usbhid.3,v 1.23 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: usbhid.3,v 1.5 2002/02/07 07:00:52 ross Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999, 2001 Lennart Augustsson <augustss@netbsd.org> @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 30 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt USBHID 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Alternatively a data buffer containing the report descriptor can be passed into .Fn hid_use_report_desc . The data is copied into an internal structure which can be accessed with .Fn hid_get_report_desc_data . -When the report descriptor is no longer needed it should be freed by calling +When the report descriptor is no longer needed, it should be freed by calling .Fn hid_dispose_report_desc . The type .Fa report_desc_t @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ function should be called to free internal data structures. To iterate through all the items in the report descriptor, .Fn hid_get_item should be called while it returns a value greater than 0. -When the report descriptor ends it will return 0; a syntax +When the report descriptor ends, it will return 0; a syntax error within the report descriptor will cause a return value less than 0. The struct pointed to by @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ the report. The size of a report (of a certain kind) can be computed by the .Fn hid_report_size function. -If the report is prefixed by an ID byte it is given by +If the report is prefixed by an ID byte, it is given by .Fa id . .Pp To locate a single item the diff --git a/lib/libutil/isduid.3 b/lib/libutil/isduid.3 index 4c5143a5b12..0613c9cb934 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/isduid.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/isduid.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: isduid.3,v 1.3 2015/07/15 15:16:59 sobrado Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: isduid.3,v 1.4 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" * Copyright (c) Joel Sing <jsing@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 15 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ISDUID 3 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ are specified using the same flags as used by .Xr opendev 3 . .Pp If the OPENDEV_PART flag is included in -.Fa dflags +.Fa dflags , the disklabel UID must consist of a 16-character hexadecimal string. Otherwise the disklabel UID must consist of a 16-character hexadecimal string followed by a diff --git a/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 b/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 index 90c8e0086ed..226d80ffb2b 100644 --- a/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 +++ b/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fingerd.8,v 1.21 2015/01/15 19:06:32 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fingerd.8,v 1.22 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)fingerd.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 -.\" $Id: fingerd.8,v 1.21 2015/01/15 19:06:32 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $Id: fingerd.8,v 1.22 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 15 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FINGERD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ protocol consists mostly of specifying a single is started by .Xr inetd 8 , which listens for TCP requests at port 79. -Once connected it reads a single command line +Once connected, it reads a single command line terminated by a .Aq CRLF which is passed to diff --git a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 index 5e699e37280..846e602a807 100644 --- a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 +++ b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ftpd.8,v 1.76 2019/05/08 23:56:48 tedu Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ftpd.8,v 1.77 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ftpd.8,v 1.8 1996/01/14 20:55:23 thorpej Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1988, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)ftpd.8 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 8 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FTPD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ to log in by specifying any password (by convention an email address for the user should be used as the password). .El .Pp -Once a user is authenticated the user must be approved by any approval +Once a user is authenticated, the user must be approved by any approval script defined (see .Xr login.conf 5 ) . If a valid approval script (by either :approve=...: or :approve-ftp=...: diff --git a/libexec/getty/getty.8 b/libexec/getty/getty.8 index 38cc6473077..b88860966cb 100644 --- a/libexec/getty/getty.8 +++ b/libexec/getty/getty.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: getty.8,v 1.16 2020/02/08 01:09:57 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: getty.8,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)getty.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 8 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt GETTY 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ If there is no argument, or there is no such table, the .Em default table is used. If there is no -.Pa /etc/gettytab +.Pa /etc/gettytab , a set of system defaults is used. If indicated by the table located, .Nm diff --git a/libexec/login_ldap/login_ldap.8 b/libexec/login_ldap/login_ldap.8 index e56ed6b6ab7..36d043b14d2 100644 --- a/libexec/login_ldap/login_ldap.8 +++ b/libexec/login_ldap/login_ldap.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: login_ldap.8,v 1.2 2020/09/12 17:14:23 martijn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: login_ldap.8,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Institute for Open Systems Technology Australia (IFOST) .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Michael Erdely <merdely@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2019 Martijn van Duren <martijn@openbsd.org> @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF .\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 12 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt LOGIN_LDAP 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ and are supported. The challenge service is not supported, but it is not an error to specify this service. -If this happens +If this happens, .Nm will request the response service. .It Fl v @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ This option is for compatibility and is ignored. searches for the .Ar user on the LDAP server based on the filter parameters in the configuration file. -If the user is found it will try to bind to it using the supplied password. +If the user is found, it will try to bind to it using the supplied password. .Pp .Nm uses the @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ uses the variable to determine the location of the configuration file. If no .Ar ldap-conffile -can be found it will fall back to +can be found, it will fall back to .Pa /etc/login_ldap.conf . The configuration file must be owned by root with group auth and permissions 0640. @@ -132,15 +132,15 @@ This option can be omitted if the binddn points directly to the user entry. DN used by .Nm to bind to the LDAP server. -If no basedn is set this is used to bind directly to the user and uses the user +If no basedn is set, this is used to bind directly to the user and uses the user supplied password. Use FORMAT FILTERS to specify the username in this case. .Pp -If basedn is set it's used together with bindpw to bind to the LDAP server and +If basedn is set, it is used together with bindpw to bind to the LDAP server and search for the user entry based on filter and scope. If .Ar binddn -is omitted and basedn is set an anonymous bind is used to search for the user +is omitted and basedn is set, an anonymous bind is used to search for the user entry. .El .Pp diff --git a/libexec/login_radius/login_radius.8 b/libexec/login_radius/login_radius.8 index d61cc73c98a..e9ae169ec71 100644 --- a/libexec/login_radius/login_radius.8 +++ b/libexec/login_radius/login_radius.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: login_radius.8,v 1.15 2022/01/04 13:43:14 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: login_radius.8,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:18 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" BSDI $From: login_radius.8,v 1.2 1996/11/11 18:42:02 prb Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 4 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt LOGIN_RADIUS 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Alternate RADIUS server to use when the primary is not responding. .It radius-challenge-styles Comma-separated list of authentication styles that the RADIUS server knows about. -If the user's authentication style is in this list the challenge will +If the user's authentication style is in this list, the challenge will be provided by the RADIUS server. If not, .Nm diff --git a/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 b/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 index dd6c8407264..28bfc75b4e1 100644 --- a/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 +++ b/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mail.local.8,v 1.32 2020/05/27 03:12:06 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mail.local.8,v 1.33 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. .\" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)mail.local.8 6.8 (Berkeley) 4/27/91 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 27 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MAIL.LOCAL 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ users. If you are running .Xr sendmail 8 and have disk quotas on -.Pa /var/mail +.Pa /var/mail , it is imperative that you unset the .Dq m mailer flag for the diff --git a/sbin/atactl/atactl.8 b/sbin/atactl/atactl.8 index c2c342e8d4e..ff757f7f247 100644 --- a/sbin/atactl/atactl.8 +++ b/sbin/atactl/atactl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: atactl.8,v 1.47 2020/04/23 21:28:08 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: atactl.8,v 1.48 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: atactl.8,v 1.5 1999/02/24 18:49:14 jwise Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 23 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ATACTL 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -298,13 +298,13 @@ Each master password change decrements the master password revision code value which is displayed in the .Li identify command output if supported. -After value 0x0001 is reached the next value will be 0xfffe. +After value 0x0001 is reached, the next value will be 0xfffe. The security level determines device behavior when the master password is used to unlock the device. -When the security level is set to high the device requires the +When the security level is set to high, the device requires the .Li secunlock command if the master password is used to unlock. -When the security level is set to maximum the device requires a +When the security level is set to maximum, the device requires a .Li secerase command if the master password is used to unlock it. Execution of the diff --git a/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 b/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 index ea587b93713..d383dae21c3 100644 --- a/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 +++ b/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: badsect.8,v 1.17 2007/08/06 19:16:05 sobrado Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: badsect.8,v 1.18 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: badsect.8,v 1.8 1995/03/18 14:54:27 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)badsect.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 6 2007 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BADSECT 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ system call, creating an illegal file whose first block address is the block containing the bad sector, and whose name is the bad sector number. When it is discovered by -.Em fsck +.Em fsck , it will ask .Dq Li "HOLD BAD BLOCK?" A positive response will cause diff --git a/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.8 b/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.8 index bd6888ad2d9..1a36e61fd96 100644 --- a/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.8 +++ b/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhclient.8,v 1.48 2021/08/24 13:53:21 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhclient.8,v 1.49 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The Internet Software Consortium. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ .\" Enterprises. To learn more about the Internet Software Consortium, .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/isc''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 24 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCLIENT 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ In this case will look for the network interface currently in the interface group .Dq egress and configure it with DHCP. -If there is more than one network interface in the egress group +If there is more than one network interface in the egress group, .Nm will exit with an error. .Pp diff --git a/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.conf.5 b/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.conf.5 index 72c67240e3c..dcf110591b7 100644 --- a/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.conf.5 +++ b/sbin/dhclient/dhclient.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhclient.conf.5,v 1.51 2020/07/17 22:21:18 krw Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhclient.conf.5,v 1.52 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The Internet Software Consortium. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/isc''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCLIENT.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The default is 0 seconds, i.e. immediately use the first acceptable lease received. .It Ic timeout Ar seconds ; Sets the number of seconds to wait for a lease. -If no lease is received the first valid lease in +If no lease is received, the first valid lease in .Xr dhclient.leases 5 will be used. The default is 30 seconds. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ will be treated as .It Ic default Ar option option-value ; If no value for .Ar option -is present in the lease use +is present in the lease, use .Ar option-value . Each .Ic default @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ any specified statements are cumulative. If no .Ar option -is specified all lease option values will be used unmodified. +is specified, all lease option values will be used unmodified. .Ic uselease for .Ar option @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ only to the named interface. Discard leases from the specified address. If more than one .Ic reject -is present all leases from any of the +is present, all leases from any of the addresses will be discarded. .It Ic next-server Ar ip-address ; Use diff --git a/sbin/dhcpleased/dhcpleased.conf.5 b/sbin/dhcpleased/dhcpleased.conf.5 index 708462d81f1..3af518fa303 100644 --- a/sbin/dhcpleased/dhcpleased.conf.5 +++ b/sbin/dhcpleased/dhcpleased.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhcpleased.conf.5,v 1.9 2022/01/04 06:20:37 florian Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhcpleased.conf.5,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2018, 2021 Florian Obser <florian@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2005 Esben Norby <norby@openbsd.org> @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 4 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCPLEASED.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The default is to send the interface's MAC address as client identifier. .Pp When .Ar client-id -is not a hardware address it is supposed to be sent as hardware type 0 but +is not a hardware address, it is supposed to be sent as hardware type 0 but the majority of DHCP clients and servers do not implement this and neither does .Nm . diff --git a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 index f7c2bea406e..b214985e1a6 100644 --- a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 +++ b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: disklabel.8,v 1.145 2022/02/19 22:08:27 krw Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: disklabel.8,v 1.146 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: disklabel.8,v 1.9 1995/03/18 14:54:38 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1988, 1991, 1993 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)disklabel.8 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 19 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DISKLABEL 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ If a is given, the size and offsets are displayed in terms of the specified unit. If the unit is -.Sq * +.Sq * , it is automatically determined by the size of the smallest partition. .It Cm q diff --git a/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8 b/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8 index 63d6ac89c5b..aa462b54e1a 100644 --- a/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8 +++ b/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fdisk.8,v 1.111 2022/03/13 12:57:29 krw Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fdisk.8,v 1.112 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Tobias Weingartner @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 13 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FDISK 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ will also be preserved. If the preserved .Sq EFI system partition has fewer blocks than the number requested with -.Fl b +.Fl b , the modification of the GPT is aborted. .It Fl b Ar blocks Ns Op @ Ns Ar offset Ns Op : Ns Ar type Configures a special boot partition of the specified number of blocks, offset @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ prints the partition table of the .Pp If .Ar disk -does not contain a valid GPT the contents of the MBR are displayed. +does not contain a valid GPT, the contents of the MBR are displayed. For example: .Bd -literal -offset 1n # fdisk sd0 @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ The fields of the output are: Number identifying each partition table entry. .It Em "type" The partition type identifier. -If the type is recognized the name of the type is displayed. +If the type is recognized, the name of the type is displayed. Otherwise the type GUID is displayed. .It Em "start" The sector the partition starts on. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ boot block. By default an MBR is initialized. If .Cm gpt -is specified a protective MBR and a GPT are initialized. +is specified, a protective MBR and a GPT are initialized. .It Cm edit Ar # Edit a given table entry in the memory copy of the current boot block. diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8 b/sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8 index 012b0fd1f95..8042e13306c 100644 --- a/sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8 +++ b/sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fsck_ext2fs.8,v 1.18 2015/10/14 14:33:45 deraadt Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fsck_ext2fs.8,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: fsck_ext2fs.8,v 1.1 1997/06/11 11:21:48 bouyer Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Manuel Bouyer. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)fsck.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 11/29/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 14 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FSCK_EXT2FS 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ The name assigned is the inode number. If the .Pa lost+found directory does not exist, it is created. -If there is insufficient space its size is increased. +If there is insufficient space, its size is increased. .Pp Because of inconsistencies between the block device and the buffer cache, the raw device should always be used. diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 b/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 index f6bf649a9a5..8656154ae43 100644 --- a/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 +++ b/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fsck_ffs.8,v 1.27 2021/03/08 02:47:26 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fsck_ffs.8,v 1.28 2022/03/31 17:27:19 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: fsck_ffs.8,v 1.12 1996/09/23 16:18:34 christos Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)fsck.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 11/29/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FSCK_FFS 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Use the .Ar block# specified as the super block for the file system. -If the primary superblock is corrupted +If the primary superblock is corrupted, .Nm tries to find a valid alternate superblock based on the information in the disklabel. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ The name assigned is the inode number. If the .Pa lost+found directory does not exist, it is created. -If there is insufficient space its size is increased. +If there is insufficient space, its size is increased. .Pp Because of inconsistencies between the block device and the buffer cache, the raw device should always be used. diff --git a/sbin/isakmpd/isakmpd.conf.5 b/sbin/isakmpd/isakmpd.conf.5 index a1d8e782c27..fc59c20033b 100644 --- a/sbin/isakmpd/isakmpd.conf.5 +++ b/sbin/isakmpd/isakmpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: isakmpd.conf.5,v 1.137 2022/02/06 00:29:02 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: isakmpd.conf.5,v 1.138 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $EOM: isakmpd.conf.5,v 1.57 2000/12/21 14:43:17 ho Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Niklas Hallqvist. All rights reserved. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" .\" Manual page, using -mandoc macros .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ISAKMPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ The keyword uses the interface associated with the default route. In the case of IPv6, link-local addresses will be skipped if addresses which are not link-local exist. -If the address on the interface changes +If the address on the interface changes, .Xr isakmpd 8 will not track the change. The configuration must be reloaded to learn the new address. diff --git a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 index 6d9ce194534..8d9ebda29d5 100644 --- a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 +++ b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: newfs_ext2fs.8,v 1.10 2020/01/16 16:46:47 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: newfs_ext2fs.8,v 1.11 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: newfs_ext2fs.8,v 1.7 2009/12/01 08:47:25 pooka Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1991, 1993, 1994 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)newfs.8 8.6 (Berkeley) 5/3/95 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NEWFS_EXT2FS 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ .Nm is used to initialize and clear ext2 file systems before first use. Before running -.Nm +.Nm , the disk must be labeled using .Xr disklabel 8 . .Nm @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ is specified, the existing file. .Pp If .Ar size -is negative the specified size is subtracted from the default size +is negative, the specified size is subtracted from the default size (reserving space at the end of the partition). .It Fl V Ar verbose This controls the amount of information written to stdout: @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ All the super-block backup sector numbers are displayed (no progress bar). The default is 4. If .Fl N -is specified +is specified, .Nm stops before outputting the progress bar. .It Fl v Ar volname diff --git a/sbin/restore/restore.8 b/sbin/restore/restore.8 index b56e8fd6bb3..7465254a9ed 100644 --- a/sbin/restore/restore.8 +++ b/sbin/restore/restore.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: restore.8,v 1.40 2015/11/21 19:43:50 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: restore.8,v 1.41 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: restore.8,v 1.15 1997/07/01 05:37:53 lukem Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)restore.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/1/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RESTORE 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Do not ask the user whether to abort the restore in the event of an error. Always try to skip over the bad block(s) and continue. .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT -If the following environment variable exists it will be utilized by +If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by .Nm restore : .Bl -tag -width "TMPDIR" .It Ev TMPDIR diff --git a/sbin/route/route.8 b/sbin/route/route.8 index aa486202e2d..f135dc083d8 100644 --- a/sbin/route/route.8 +++ b/sbin/route/route.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: route.8,v 1.102 2021/10/26 15:48:25 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: route.8,v 1.103 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: route.8,v 1.6 1995/03/18 15:00:13 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)route.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 26 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ROUTE 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ modifiers (listed below), only routes having destinations with addresses in the delineated family will be shown. If the .Fl iface -modifier is used only interface specific messages (link state changes) +modifier is used, only interface specific messages (link state changes) are shown. If a routing table is supplied with .Fl T , @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ A specific routing priority can be specified with the optional .Tg .Fl priority qualifier. -If no priority is specified the kernel will set a priority depending on the +If no priority is specified, the kernel will set a priority depending on the .Dv RTF_STATIC flag to either .Dv RTP_STATIC diff --git a/sbin/shutdown/shutdown.8 b/sbin/shutdown/shutdown.8 index 6f6b8e2d933..2d90370bea7 100644 --- a/sbin/shutdown/shutdown.8 +++ b/sbin/shutdown/shutdown.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: shutdown.8,v 1.40 2015/01/21 19:29:52 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: shutdown.8,v 1.41 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: shutdown.8,v 1.6 1995/03/18 15:01:07 cgd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)shutdown.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SHUTDOWN 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ saving them from system administrators, hackers, and gurus, who would otherwise not bother with such niceties. When the .Nm -command is issued without options the system is placed in single +command is issued without options, the system is placed in single user mode at the indicated time after shutting down all system services. .Pp diff --git a/sbin/unwind/unwind.conf.5 b/sbin/unwind/unwind.conf.5 index a8c50311c0d..ae6ee220542 100644 --- a/sbin/unwind/unwind.conf.5 +++ b/sbin/unwind/unwind.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: unwind.conf.5,v 1.31 2021/10/24 15:57:17 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: unwind.conf.5,v 1.32 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2018 Florian Obser <florian@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2005 Esben Norby <norby@openbsd.org> @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 24 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt UNWIND.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ forwarder { $fwd1 $fwd2 } .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic block list Ar file Op Cm log A file containing domains to block, one per line. -If a domain from this list is queried +If a domain from this list is queried, .Nm unwind answers with a return code of .Dv REFUSED . @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ and its subdomains by the given resolver .Ar type . If .Cm accept bogus -is specified validation is not enforced. +is specified, validation is not enforced. .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width "/etc/unwind.conf" -compact diff --git a/share/man/man4/audio.4 b/share/man/man4/audio.4 index 59b85f329bf..ebcd3be3b25 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/audio.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/audio.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: audio.4,v 1.86 2020/11/01 21:32:03 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: audio.4,v 1.87 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: audio.4,v 1.20 1998/05/28 17:27:15 augustss Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 1 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt AUDIO 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ recording (playing) unpaused. If a writing process does not call .Xr write 2 frequently enough to provide samples at the pace the hardware -consumes them silence is inserted. +consumes them, silence is inserted. If a reading process does not call .Xr read 2 frequently enough, it will simply miss samples. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ If set (i.e. non-zero) then the samples are signed; otherwise they are unsigned. .It Va le If set then the byte order is little endian; -if not it is big endian. +if not, it is big endian. It is meaningful only if .Va bps > 1. diff --git a/share/man/man4/bridge.4 b/share/man/man4/bridge.4 index b4cd3316db6..58e6c1aa04b 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/bridge.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/bridge.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bridge.4,v 1.82 2021/11/11 17:33:10 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bridge.4,v 1.83 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999-2001 Jason L. Wright (jason@thought.net) .\" All rights reserved. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 11 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BRIDGE 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ Bridged packets pass through .Xr pf 4 filters once as input on the receiving interface and once as output on all interfaces on which they are forwarded. -In order to pass through the bridge packets must pass +In order to pass through the bridge, packets must pass any .Ar in rules on the input and any diff --git a/share/man/man4/cac.4 b/share/man/man4/cac.4 index 230266e7d15..8aea373a37d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/cac.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/cac.4 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: cac.4,v 1.25 2015/04/18 12:04:59 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: cac.4,v 1.26 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Michael Shalayeff, 2000. Public Domain. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 18 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CAC 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Compaq SMART-2SL .Pp All the RAID set volume management is done via the card BIOS. .Pp -Although the controllers are actual RAID controllers the driver makes them +Although the controllers are actual RAID controllers, the driver makes them look just like SCSI controllers. All RAID configuration is done through the controllers' BIOSes. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/carp.4 b/share/man/man4/carp.4 index 981df35137d..600fd1b5734 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/carp.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/carp.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: carp.4,v 1.41 2022/02/06 00:29:02 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: carp.4,v 1.42 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003, Ryan McBride. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CARP 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ the carpnode entry with virtual host 1 rather than virtual host 2. balancing ip .Ed .Pp -If a different mode of load balancing is desired the +If a different mode of load balancing is desired, the .Cm balancing mode can be adjusted accordingly. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man4/ddb.4 b/share/man/man4/ddb.4 index bb41f802c5b..5f8a27db355 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ddb.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ddb.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ddb.4,v 1.100 2021/11/16 13:53:14 bluhm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ddb.4,v 1.101 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ddb.4,v 1.5 1994/11/30 16:22:09 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Mach Operating System @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie Mellon .\" the rights to redistribute these changes. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 16 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DDB 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified the complete map is printed. +modifier is specified, the complete map is printed. .\" -------------------- .It Ic show mbuf Ar addr Prints the @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified prints out all +modifier is specified, prints out all .Li vnodes (see also .Cm show vnode ) @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified prints out additional +modifier is specified, prints out additional information as well. .\" -------------------- .It Xo @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified prints out additional +modifier is specified, prints out additional information as well. .\" -------------------- .It Xo @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified the complete object is printed. +modifier is specified, the complete object is printed. .\" -------------------- .It Xo .Ic show page @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified the complete page is printed. +modifier is specified, the complete page is printed. .\" -------------------- .It Ic show panic Prints the panic string. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ Prints the .Li struct proc at .Ar addr . -If an optional address is not specified +If an optional address is not specified, .Li curproc is assumed. .\" -------------------- @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified prints out all fields of this IPsec SA. +modifier is specified, prints out all fields of this IPsec SA. .\" -------------------- .It Ic show uvmexp Displays a selection of uvm counters and statistics. @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ at .Ar addr . If the .Cm /f -modifier is specified prints out all +modifier is specified, prints out all .Li bufs (see also .Cm show buf ) diff --git a/share/man/man4/divert.4 b/share/man/man4/divert.4 index cf28c1a1e6b..252503a9654 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/divert.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/divert.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: divert.4,v 1.18 2017/10/06 21:14:55 bluhm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: divert.4,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michele Marchetto <michele@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Lawrence Teo <lteo@openbsd.org> @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 6 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DIVERT 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ processes a packet that matches a rule with the parameter (see .Xr pf.conf 5 -for details) it is sent to the divert socket listening on the +for details), it is sent to the divert socket listening on the divert port specified in the rule. Note that .Ar divert-packet diff --git a/share/man/man4/ess.4 b/share/man/man4/ess.4 index 9e316bb67a3..bbcdda140b2 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ess.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ess.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ess.4,v 1.11 2008/06/26 05:42:06 ray Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ess.4,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ess.4,v 1.6 1999/04/13 20:25:29 augustss Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 26 2008 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ESS 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The IRQ must be one of 5, 7, 9, 10 (or 15 on the 1887 only). The first DRQ channel must be selected from 0, 1, 3. The second DRQ channel (used for playback by the full-duplex 1888/1887, ignored by the 1788) can additionally be set to 5. -If both DRQ channels are used they must be different. +If both DRQ channels are used, they must be different. .Pp The joystick interface (if enabled) is handled by the .Xr joy 4 diff --git a/share/man/man4/ifmedia.4 b/share/man/man4/ifmedia.4 index 2d3b18508a7..a231be84120 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ifmedia.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ifmedia.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ifmedia.4,v 1.28 2021/01/21 11:05:38 kevlo Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ifmedia.4,v 1.29 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ifmedia.4,v 1.14 2001/06/30 17:57:56 bjh21 Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt IFMEDIA 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Frequencies in the table are specified in MHz. .El .Pp The channels do overlap; the bandwidth required for each channel is about 20MHz. -When using multiple channels in close proximity it is suggested +When using multiple channels in close proximity, it is suggested that channels be separated by at least 25MHz. In the US, this means that only channels 1, 6, and 11 may be used simultaneously without interference. diff --git a/share/man/man4/ip.4 b/share/man/man4/ip.4 index 4447845376e..27e29612cd8 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ip.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ip.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ip.4,v 1.43 2021/01/08 23:33:12 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ip.4,v 1.44 2022/03/31 17:27:20 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ip.4,v 1.3 1994/11/30 16:22:19 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)ip.4 8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt IP 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ structure points to a buffer that contains a structure followed by flow information in 32-bit network byte order. When this information is passed to a .Xr sendmsg 2 -call the ID of the incoming SA will be used for looking up the +call, the ID of the incoming SA will be used for looking up the outgoing SA for the .Tn UDP datagram. diff --git a/share/man/man4/ipsec.4 b/share/man/man4/ipsec.4 index 2a9afb0d897..266db0b03e0 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ipsec.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ipsec.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ipsec.4,v 1.87 2022/02/18 23:17:15 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ipsec.4,v 1.88 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 1997 Niels Provos <provos@physnet.uni-hamburg.de> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" Manual page, using -mandoc macros .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt IPSEC 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ into a remote machine over the Internet. .It Integrity \- Guarantee that the data does not get changed in transit. -If you are on a line carrying invoicing data you +If you are on a line carrying invoicing data, you probably want to know that the amounts and account numbers are correct and have not been modified by a third party. .It Authenticity @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Information on automated key management for IKEv1 can be found in and for IKEv2 in .Xr iked.conf 5 . .Ss Security Parameter Indexes (SPIs) -In order to identify an SA we need to have a unique name for it. +In order to identify an SA, we need to have a unique name for it. This name is a triplet, consisting of the destination address, security parameter index (aka SPI) and the security protocol (ESP or AH). Since the destination address is part of the name, an SA is necessarily a @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ This option can only be used by privileged processes. This level is necessary for the key management daemon, .Xr isakmpd 8 . .It IPSEC_LEVEL_AVAIL -If a Security Association is available it will be used for sending packets +If a Security Association is available, it will be used for sending packets by that socket. .It IPSEC_LEVEL_USE Use IP Security for sending packets but still accept packets which are not diff --git a/share/man/man4/ksyms.4 b/share/man/man4/ksyms.4 index 910c4efa0ca..dbcb8143d1e 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ksyms.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ksyms.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ksyms.4,v 1.14 2019/01/25 00:19:26 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ksyms.4,v 1.15 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <millert@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 25 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt KSYMS 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The .Pa /dev/ksyms device is used to look up the symbol table name list from the running kernel. -Because it represents the running kernel it is guaranteed +Because it represents the running kernel, it is guaranteed to always be up to date even if the kernel file has been changed (or is even non-existent). It is most useful when used in conjunction with diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/intro.4 index 8c5fee5821d..53e5a57c518 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.45 2014/09/19 12:24:37 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.46 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.10 2003/05/06 07:44:54 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 alpha .Os .Sh NAME @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/apm.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/apm.4 index 2010f2a5df7..bb7e3b1592f 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/apm.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/apm.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.8 2019/01/23 22:33:43 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.9 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Marco S. Hyman .\" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ .\" LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS .\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 23 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt APM 4 amd64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The APM driver stores up to .Dv APM_NEVENTS events. This was defined as 16 at the time this documentation was written. -If the event list is full when a new event is detected the new event is lost. +If the event list is full when a new event is detected, the new event is lost. .Dv APM_IOC_NEXTEVENT ioctl returns the next event on the list or .Er EAGAIN diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/intro.4 index fe73b05d0bc..7f0e44c934a 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.amd64/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.37 2014/12/10 07:33:20 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.38 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 10 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 amd64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/apm.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/apm.4 index 4980f007ec9..3157eea060c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/apm.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/apm.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.4 2021/03/20 19:41:44 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Marco S. Hyman .\" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ .\" LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS .\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 20 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt APM 4 arm64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The APM driver stores up to .Dv APM_NEVENTS events. This was defined as 16 at the time this documentation was written. -If the event list is full when a new event is detected the new event is lost. +If the event list is full when a new event is detected, the new event is lost. .Dv APM_IOC_NEXTEVENT ioctl returns the next event on the list or .Er EAGAIN diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/intro.4 index 39a16136829..6036d73c9ff 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.arm64/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.1 2018/04/04 14:21:26 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.2 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2014 Sylvestre Gallon <syl@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 4 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 arm64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.armv7/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.armv7/intro.4 index 04d9a444fe8..d4dc6608b47 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.armv7/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.armv7/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.4 2018/07/10 03:23:11 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2014 Sylvestre Gallon <syl@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 10 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 armv7 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/intro.4 index dbbb19736d0..17d5a2c3fdb 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.24 2020/12/22 10:33:34 tobias Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002,2003 Paul Weissmann .\" All rights reserved. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 22 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 hppa .Os .Sh NAME @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system must be rebooted. .Pp The autoconfiguration system is described in diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 index d811506d5d7..4364be8aeda 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pdc.4,v 1.11 2020/12/22 10:33:34 tobias Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pdc.4,v 1.12 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Michael Shalayeff .\" All rights reserved. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF .\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 22 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PDC 4 hppa .Os .Sh NAME @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ The memory location pointed to by will contain the resulting masks as returned by the PDC_MODEL_GETBOOTOPTS function. If an attempt is made to enable and disable the same test in one -call a PDC_ERR_INVAL will be returned. +call, a PDC_ERR_INVAL will be returned. .It Fn pdc "PDC_NVM" "PDC_NVM_READ" "offset" "ptr" "count" Read contents of the NVM at .Ar offset diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 index b8063e9a528..c3612e43107 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/apm.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.34 2019/01/23 22:33:43 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.35 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Marco S. Hyman .\" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ .\" LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS .\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 23 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt APM 4 i386 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ The APM driver stores up to .Dv APM_NEVENTS events. This was defined as 16 at the time this documentation was written. -If the event list is full when a new event is detected the new event is lost. +If the event list is full when a new event is detected, the new event is lost. .Dv APM_IOC_NEXTEVENT ioctl returns the next event on the list or .Er EAGAIN diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 index d54a229fca3..b7898d70116 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.84 2014/09/19 12:24:37 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.85 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 i386 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 index 186c30ae09d..b76736e9d7f 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pcibios.4,v 1.24 2022/02/06 00:29:02 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pcibios.4,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: pcibios.4,v 1.7 2000/08/03 13:32:39 soda Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Michael Shalayeff, All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PCIBIOS 4 i386 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Some buggy BIOS implementations provide inconsistent information between the PCI Interrupt Configuration Register and the PCI Interrupt Routing table. In such cases, the PCI Interrupt Configuration Register takes precedence by default. -If this flag is specified the PCI Interrupt Routing table takes precedence. +If this flag is specified, the PCI Interrupt Routing table takes precedence. .El .\" .It Nm PCIBIOS_IRQS_HINT .\" hint for IRQ use. diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.landisk/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.landisk/intro.4 index 6f2bee2147a..3b5077b2d1c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.landisk/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.landisk/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.7 2014/09/19 12:24:37 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 landisk .Os .Sh NAME @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/apm.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/apm.4 index 2ebf98fee17..e4f0e4e5827 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/apm.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/apm.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.6 2019/01/23 22:33:43 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.7 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 Jason L. Wright (jason@thought.net) .\" All rights reserved. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .\" AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT .\" LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS .\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 23 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt APM 4 loongson .Os .Sh NAME @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ value contains the estimated number of minutes of battery life remaining. .\" .Dv APM_NEVENTS .\" events. .\" This was defined as 16 at the time this documentation was written. -.\" If the event list is full when a new event is detected the new event is lost. +.\" If the event list is full when a new event is detected, the new event is lost. .\" .Dv APM_IOC_NEXTEVENT .\" ioctl returns the next event on the list or .\" .Er EAGAIN diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/intro.4 index cbaf773753e..e841a75493b 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.loongson/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.4 2014/09/19 12:24:37 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)intro.4 5.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/91 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 loongson .Os .Sh NAME @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.luna88k/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.luna88k/intro.4 index 695ca71a855..e5a79903cbd 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.luna88k/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.luna88k/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.9 2014/09/19 12:24:38 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)intro.4 5.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/91 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 luna88k .Os .Sh NAME @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/apm.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/apm.4 index f8087784fd8..0739109d13b 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/apm.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/apm.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.15 2021/03/20 19:36:29 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: apm.4,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Marco S. Hyman .\" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ .\" LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS .\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 20 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt APM 4 macppc .Os .Sh NAME @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ The APM driver stores up to .Dv APM_NEVENTS events. This was defined as 16 at the time this documentation was written. -If the event list is full when a new event is detected the new event is lost. +If the event list is full when a new event is detected, the new event is lost. .Dv APM_IOC_NEXTEVENT ioctl returns the next event on the list or .Er EAGAIN diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/intro.4 index 2127ffbd088..837d836d15c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.52 2014/09/19 12:24:38 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.53 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 macppc .Os .Sh NAME @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/xlights.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/xlights.4 index e3c3328bb92..1f42ccf8999 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/xlights.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.macppc/xlights.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: xlights.4,v 1.3 2007/05/31 19:19:55 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: xlights.4,v 1.4 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Gordon Willem Klok <gwk@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2007 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt XLIGHTS 4 macppc .Os .Sh NAME @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ that drives the front panel LEDs of Apple G4 and G5 Xserve machines. The lights provide an indication of system load and health. System load is indicated by three dots travelling in a ring around the sixteen LEDs found on the front panel. -When the system is lightly loaded these dots travel quickly and slow down +When the system is lightly loaded, these dots travel quickly and slow down as system load increases. System health is indicated by the absence of the dots which means a hung machine or one that is in diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.octeon/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.octeon/intro.4 index 05ae9d7edad..6b5a30121df 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.octeon/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.octeon/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.1 2021/08/06 06:35:13 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.2 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 6 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 octeon .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.powerpc64/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.powerpc64/intro.4 index c674e453b5f..b8bc13fd8a5 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.powerpc64/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.powerpc64/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.2 2021/05/20 00:58:53 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2014 Sylvestre Gallon <syl@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 20 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 powerpc64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.riscv64/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.riscv64/intro.4 index 4c13983768b..ff129065d9c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.riscv64/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.riscv64/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.1 2021/08/06 06:35:13 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.2 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 6 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 riscv64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 index 98b90ae4d1d..b8fa527c56a 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.62 2014/09/19 12:24:38 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: intro.4,v 1.63 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 19 2014 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INTRO 4 sparc64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ When the resultant system is booted, the autoconfiguration facilities in the system probe for the device and, if found, enable the software support for it. If a device does not respond at autoconfiguration -time it is not accessible at any time afterwards. +time, it is not accessible at any time afterwards. To enable a device which did not autoconfigure, the system will have to be rebooted. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/midi.4 b/share/man/man4/midi.4 index a99c672f398..4abedfd121d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/midi.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/midi.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: midi.4,v 1.29 2016/08/31 13:54:58 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: midi.4,v 1.30 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Alexandre Ratchov <alex@caoua.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 31 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MIDI 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Only one process may hold open a .Nm device at a given time, although file descriptors may be shared between processes once the first open completes. -If it is opened read-only (write-only) only the input (output) +If it is opened read-only (write-only), only the input (output) MIDI port is available. .Ss Writing to the device A process can send raw MIDI data to the output port by using the diff --git a/share/man/man4/rdomain.4 b/share/man/man4/rdomain.4 index db93ec6373b..503cb3c75a6 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/rdomain.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/rdomain.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: rdomain.4,v 1.17 2020/09/24 11:05:32 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: rdomain.4,v 1.18 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2015 Peter Hessler <phessler@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 24 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RDOMAIN 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ to a different .Nm rdomain . .Pp When an interface is assigned to a non-existent -.Nm rdomain +.Nm rdomain , it gets created automatically. At the same time an .Nm rtable diff --git a/share/man/man4/rtw.4 b/share/man/man4/rtw.4 index 19c96613d41..13cdd44fb29 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/rtw.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/rtw.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: rtw.4,v 1.47 2022/02/18 10:24:32 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: rtw.4,v 1.48 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Jonathan Gray <jsg@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RTW 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ by .Sh CAVEATS GCT refuse to release any documentation on their GRF5101 RF transceiver. .Pp -While PCI devices will attach most of them are not able to transmit. +While PCI devices will attach, most of them are not able to transmit. .Pp Host AP mode doesn't support power saving. Clients attempting to use power saving mode may experience significant diff --git a/share/man/man4/st.4 b/share/man/man4/st.4 index 0b210c12944..ba10911f680 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/st.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/st.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: st.4,v 1.20 2016/09/04 14:42:58 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: st.4,v 1.21 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: st.4,v 1.2 1996/10/20 23:15:24 explorer Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 4 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ST 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ records. Rewind the device to the beginning of the media. .It Dv MTOFFL Rewind the media (and, if possible, eject). -Even if the device cannot eject the media it will often no longer respond +Even if the device cannot eject the media, it will often no longer respond to normal requests. .It Dv MTNOP No-op; set status only. diff --git a/share/man/man4/tcp.4 b/share/man/man4/tcp.4 index 17c3db24b10..dc3f7696aa4 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/tcp.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/tcp.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tcp.4,v 1.24 2018/05/11 12:02:28 zhuk Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tcp.4,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: tcp.4,v 1.3 1994/11/30 16:22:35 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)tcp.4 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 11 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TCP 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ The .Tn TCP port may still be specified at this time; if the port is not specified the system will assign one. -Once a connection has been established the socket's address is +Once a connection has been established, the socket's address is fixed by the peer entity's location. The address assigned to the socket is the address associated with the network interface through which packets are being transmitted diff --git a/share/man/man4/ugen.4 b/share/man/man4/ugen.4 index b588167a1c8..ebf11e44861 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ugen.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ugen.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ugen.4,v 1.18 2021/01/27 17:28:19 mglocker Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ugen.4,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: ugen.4,v 1.7 1999/07/30 01:32:05 augustss Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 27 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt UGEN 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The four least significant bits in the minor device number determine which endpoint the device accesses and the rest of the bits determine which USB device. .Pp -If an endpoint address is used both for input and output the device +If an endpoint address is used both for input and output, the device can be opened for both read or write. .Pp To find out what endpoints exist there are a series of @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ calls. .\" and .\" .Xr write 2 .\" should be used. -.\" Before any I/O operations can take place the transfer rate in +.\" Before any I/O operations can take place, the transfer rate in .\" bytes/second has to be set. This is done with .\" .Xr ioctl 2 .\" .Dv USB_SET_ISO_RATE . diff --git a/share/man/man4/video.4 b/share/man/man4/video.4 index 4b3f2f04480..0a2305de551 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/video.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/video.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: video.4,v 1.19 2020/12/29 12:28:23 mglocker Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: video.4,v 1.20 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Marcus Glocker <mglocker@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 29 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt VIDEO 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ The read will always return a consistent video frame, if no error occurs. .It Process video data and start over again with step 2. .It -When finished stop the video stream via the +When finished, stop the video stream via the .Xr close 2 system call. .El @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ioctl command. Dequeue one buffer via the .Dv VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl command. -If the queue is empty +If the queue is empty, the ioctl will block until a buffer gets queued or an error occurs (e.g. a timeout). .It @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Requeue the buffer via the .Dv VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl command and start over again with step 6. .It -When finished stop the video stream via the +When finished, stop the video stream via the .Dv VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl command. .El diff --git a/share/man/man4/vlan.4 b/share/man/man4/vlan.4 index e3cb9ee95f0..78b6691213e 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/vlan.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/vlan.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: vlan.4,v 1.51 2020/10/04 12:44:49 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: vlan.4,v 1.52 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 4 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt VLAN 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ Virtual interfaces without a configured virtual network identifier will use 0 in their protocols tag field. .It Dv SIOCSIFLLADDR Fa "struct ifreq *" Configure a custom MAC address on the virtual interface. -When the virtual interface is using a custom MAC address the parent +When the virtual interface is using a custom MAC address, the parent interface will be configured to promiscuously receive packets. -When operating without a custom MAC address the virtual interface +When operating without a custom MAC address, the virtual interface will inherit the parent interfaces MAC address. Configuring 00:00:00:00:00:00 as the MAC address will clear the custom MAC address configuration and resume operation with the diff --git a/share/man/man4/wsdisplay.4 b/share/man/man4/wsdisplay.4 index 84bcd5563ee..e1d7eb6cabd 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/wsdisplay.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/wsdisplay.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: wsdisplay.4,v 1.56 2020/09/18 18:06:06 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: wsdisplay.4,v 1.57 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: wsdisplay.4,v 1.5 2000/05/13 15:22:19 mycroft Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005, Miodrag Vallat. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 18 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt WSDISPLAY 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The locator in the configuration line refers to the .Xr wsmux 4 that will be used to get keyboard events. -If this locator is -1 no mux will be used. +If this locator is -1, no mux will be used. .Pp The logical unit of an independent contents displayed on a display (sometimes referred to as diff --git a/share/man/man4/wsmux.4 b/share/man/man4/wsmux.4 index f0ed76abfb2..894dc434d02 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/wsmux.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/wsmux.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: wsmux.4,v 1.14 2008/06/26 05:42:07 ray Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: wsmux.4,v 1.15 2022/03/31 17:27:21 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: wsmux.4,v 1.2 1999/11/03 22:01:40 castor Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 26 2008 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt WSMUX 4 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ events to the keyboard mux (normally 1). A device will send its events to the mux indicated by the .Va mux locator. -If none is given the device will not use a multiplexor. +If none is given, the device will not use a multiplexor. The keyboard multiplexor should be connected to the display, using the .Xr wsconscfg 8 diff --git a/share/man/man5/bsd.regress.mk.5 b/share/man/man5/bsd.regress.mk.5 index 8755e544218..d1627645fb3 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/bsd.regress.mk.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/bsd.regress.mk.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bsd.regress.mk.5,v 1.23 2022/01/01 03:57:20 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bsd.regress.mk.5,v 1.24 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Anil Madhavapeddy .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Marc Espie @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 1 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BSD.REGRESS.MK 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Tests should generally not set or modify .Ev MALLOC_OPTIONS unless it is testing specific behaviour that depends on a particular flag or combination of flags. -When running tests the appropriate sysctl +When running tests, the appropriate sysctl .Pq vm.malloc_conf could be used instead. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man5/elf.5 b/share/man/man5/elf.5 index 407a0d8f515..db5541db446 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/elf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/elf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: elf.5,v 1.41 2022/02/14 08:14:19 kevlo Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: elf.5,v 1.42 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\"Copyright (c) 1999 Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven .\"All rights reserved. .\" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/elf.5,v 1.21 2001/10/01 16:09:23 ru Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 14 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ELF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ the file has no program header table, this member holds zero. .It Dv e_shoff This member holds the section header table's file offset in bytes. If the -file has no section header table this member holds zero. +file has no section header table, this member holds zero. .It Dv e_flags This member holds processor-specific flags associated with the file. Flag names take the form EF_`machine_flag'. @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ The attribute used is .It .fini This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process termination code. -When a program exits normally the system arranges to +When a program exits normally, the system arranges to execute the code in this section. This section is of type .Dv SHT_PROGBITS . @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ The attribute used is .It .init This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process initialization code. -When a program starts to run the system arranges to +When a program starts to run, the system arranges to execute the code in this section before calling the main program entry point. This section is of type .Dv SHT_PROGBITS . diff --git a/share/man/man5/fstab.5 b/share/man/man5/fstab.5 index 80690f98327..055e2b2f116 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/fstab.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/fstab.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: fstab.5,v 1.53 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: fstab.5,v 1.54 2022/03/31 17:27:22 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: fstab.5,v 1.5.2.1 1995/11/16 20:11:11 pk Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)fstab.5 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/5/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FSTAB 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ are unused. If .Fa fs_type is specified as -.Dq xx +.Dq xx , the entry is ignored. This is useful to show disk partitions which are currently unused. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man5/hosts.5 b/share/man/man5/hosts.5 index cb064c3b985..8b3b7b699a8 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/hosts.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/hosts.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: hosts.5,v 1.25 2019/05/28 14:17:56 brynet Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: hosts.5,v 1.26 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: hosts.5,v 1.4 1994/11/30 19:31:20 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)hosts.5 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 28 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt HOSTS 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ and the .Nm hosts database. .Pp -When using a name server +When using a name server, this file provides a backup when the name server is not running. For the name server, it is suggested that only a few addresses be included in this file. diff --git a/share/man/man5/login.conf.5 b/share/man/man5/login.conf.5 index d114909983c..85805ec6bea 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/login.conf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/login.conf.5 @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: login.conf.5,v 1.69 2022/03/01 01:22:11 tedu Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: login.conf.5,v 1.70 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" BSDI $From: login.conf.5,v 2.20 2000/06/26 14:50:38 prb Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 1 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt LOGIN.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ utility. .\" .Pp .It nologin Ta file Ta "" Ta -If the file exists it will be displayed +If the file exists, it will be displayed and the login session will be terminated. .\" .Pp @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ sufficient, an exit code of 1 signals that the password failed the check. .It passwordtime Ta time Ta "" Ta The lifetime of a password in seconds, reset every time a user changes their password. -When this value is exceeded the user will no longer be able to +When this value is exceeded, the user will no longer be able to login unless the .Li password-dead option has been specified. @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ the value of .Li auth is used as the list of available authentication styles. .Pp -If the user did not specify an authentication style the first style +If the user did not specify an authentication style, the first style in the list of available styles is used. If the user did specify an authentication style and the style is in the list of available styles it will be used, otherwise the request is @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ statement on file descriptor 3. .Pp An authentication program must not assume it will be called as root, nor must it assume it will not be called as root. -If it needs special permissions to access files it should be setuid or +If it needs special permissions to access files, it should be setuid or setgid to the appropriate user/group. See .Xr chmod 1 . @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ When an authentication program is called with a service of .Li challenge it should do one of three things: .Pp -If this style of authentication supports challenge response +If this style of authentication supports challenge response, it should set the internal variable .Li challenge to be the appropriate challenge for the user. diff --git a/share/man/man5/pf.conf.5 b/share/man/man5/pf.conf.5 index 82ee6314839..fe4b117994a 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/pf.conf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/pf.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pf.conf.5,v 1.592 2022/02/23 13:37:06 dlg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pf.conf.5,v 1.593 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002, Daniel Hartmeier .\" Copyright (c) 2003 - 2013 Henning Brauer <henning@openbsd.org> @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 23 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PF.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ part of the new destination address according to the specified subnet. It is possible to embed a complete IPv4 address into an IPv6 address using a network prefix of /96 or smaller. .Pp -When a destination address is not specified it is assumed that the host +When a destination address is not specified, it is assumed that the host part is 32-bit long. For IPv6 to IPv4 translation this would mean using only the lower 32 bits of the original IPv6 destination address. @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ in a brace-delimited block. In that case, no separate loading of rules into the anchor is required. Brace delimited blocks may contain rules or other brace-delimited blocks. -When an anchor is populated this way the anchor name becomes optional. +When an anchor is populated this way, the anchor name becomes optional. Since the parser specification for anchor names is a string, double quote characters .Pq Sq \&" diff --git a/share/man/man5/port-modules.5 b/share/man/man5/port-modules.5 index 9df76241b7b..34503c949f9 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/port-modules.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/port-modules.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: port-modules.5,v 1.258 2022/03/18 09:04:05 sthen Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: port-modules.5,v 1.259 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Marc Espie .\" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PORT-MODULES 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ When is set in combination with .Ev V or -.Ev VERSION +.Ev VERSION , it sets .Ev PKGNAME . .Ev TYPEFACE @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ is set to 5.1. .Ev MODLUA_DEFAULT_VERSION by default. Ports can be built with several lua versions. -If no FLAVOR is set it defaults to MODLUA_DEFAULT_VERSION. +If no FLAVOR is set, it defaults to MODLUA_DEFAULT_VERSION. Otherwise the FULLPKGNAME is adjusted, if MODLUA_SA is not set. In order to set a build, run or test dependency on a lua port, use the following, which will propagate the currently used flavor: diff --git a/share/man/man5/python-module.5 b/share/man/man5/python-module.5 index 20684d74a03..c94a49d324b 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/python-module.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/python-module.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: python-module.5,v 1.3 2021/07/27 13:21:50 espie Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: python-module.5,v 1.4 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Marc Espie .\" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 27 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PYTHON-MODULE 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ target. If .Ev MODPY_PI is set to -.Sq Yes +.Sq Yes , the module will provide a default for .Ev HOMEPAGE and set diff --git a/share/man/man7/packages-specs.7 b/share/man/man7/packages-specs.7 index a38089c5dad..8740448432e 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/packages-specs.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/packages-specs.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: packages-specs.7,v 1.28 2021/11/17 12:53:05 espie Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: packages-specs.7,v 1.29 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Marc Espie .\" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 17 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PACKAGES-SPECS 7 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ with dots. Comparison checks each part in turn, the first part that differs yields a comparison result. .It -If parts are numbers they are compared numerically. +If parts are numbers, they are compared numerically. .It Parts can also be numbers with an optional letter appended. The numbers are compared numerically, and in case of equality, the letter diff --git a/share/man/man8/crash.8 b/share/man/man8/crash.8 index 3a294408eda..5cfd59c6870 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/crash.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/crash.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: crash.8,v 1.35 2016/11/29 13:57:34 mpi Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: crash.8,v 1.36 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)crash.8 6.5 (Berkeley) 4/20/91 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 29 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CRASH 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ After the dump has been written, the system then invokes the automatic reboot procedure as described in .Xr reboot 8 . -If auto-reboot is disabled (in a machine dependent way) the system +If auto-reboot is disabled (in a machine dependent way), the system will simply halt at this point. .Pp Upon rebooting, and diff --git a/share/man/man8/starttls.8 b/share/man/man8/starttls.8 index 70d71d82c50..41cbabdfe0a 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/starttls.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/starttls.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: starttls.8,v 1.27 2019/08/12 19:49:14 tedu Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: starttls.8,v 1.28 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Jose Nazario <jose@monkey.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF .\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 12 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt STARTTLS 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ You may adjust the lifetime of the certificate via the .Fl days parameter (one year in this example). .Pp -After having installed the certificates +After having installed the certificates, the mail server needs to be configured to accept TLS sessions and use the key and certificate. For @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ EHLO localhost .Ed .Pp After typing -.Em EHLO localhost +.Em EHLO localhost , you should receive something like the following back. .Bd -literal -offset indent 250-localhost Hello localhost [127.0.0.1], pleased to meet you diff --git a/share/man/man9/audio.9 b/share/man/man9/audio.9 index 262d79ae0cc..d441561fb96 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/audio.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/audio.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: audio.9,v 1.30 2022/03/30 19:03:20 miod Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: audio.9,v 1.31 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: audio.9,v 1.14 2000/02/11 22:56:15 kleink Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999, 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 30 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt AUDIO 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ bytes from to the audio hardware. The call returns when the data transfer has been initiated (normally with DMA). -When the hardware is ready to accept more samples the function +When the hardware is ready to accept more samples, the function .Fa intr will be called with the argument .Fa intrarg . @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ bytes to from the audio hardware. The call returns when the data transfer has been initiated (normally with DMA). -When the hardware is ready to deliver more samples the function +When the hardware is ready to deliver more samples, the function .Fa intr will be called with the argument .Fa intrarg . @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ This function returns the adjusted number of blocks. .El .Pp If the audio hardware is capable of input from more -than one source it should define +than one source, it should define .Dv AudioNsource in class .Dv AudioCrecord . @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ and be of class .Dv AudioCinputs . .Pp If the audio hardware is capable of output to more than -one destination it should define +one destination, it should define .Dv AudioNoutput in class .Dv AudioCmonitor . diff --git a/share/man/man9/bemtoh32.9 b/share/man/man9/bemtoh32.9 index 98d47602178..7550ce616aa 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/bemtoh32.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/bemtoh32.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bemtoh32.9,v 1.7 2019/08/30 18:33:17 deraadt Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bemtoh32.9,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2014 David Gwynne <dlg@openbsd.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 30 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BEMTOH32 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION This API provides a way to take advantage of an architecture's ability to load and store words in memory of different endians. -If an architecture has no specialised support for these operations +If an architecture has no specialised support for these operations, they will be implemented as a wrapper around the .Xr htobe64 3 API. diff --git a/share/man/man9/bpf_mtap.9 b/share/man/man9/bpf_mtap.9 index 888af75ca86..0d6e03d462a 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/bpf_mtap.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/bpf_mtap.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bpf_mtap.9,v 1.16 2019/09/30 01:55:26 dlg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bpf_mtap.9,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2016 David Gwynne <dlg@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 30 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BPF_MTAP 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ in the direction against an Ethernet packet in the mbuf .Fa m . If the mbuf is flagged with -.Dv M_VLANTAG +.Dv M_VLANTAG , an Ethernet VLAN header is constructed using m->m_pkthdr.ether_vtag and diff --git a/share/man/man9/disklabel.9 b/share/man/man9/disklabel.9 index 0ca4f7c4678..3d0005580c4 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/disklabel.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/disklabel.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: disklabel.9,v 1.17 2013/06/04 19:27:04 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: disklabel.9,v 1.18 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: disklabel.9,v 1.7 1999/03/06 22:09:29 mycroft Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 4 2013 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DISKLABEL 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ If the medium does not contain a native disklabel that can be read in directly or .Fa spoofonly argument is a true value, -If a disk label is found or can be constructed a value of 0 is returned. +If a disk label is found or can be constructed, a value of 0 is returned. Otherwise the value of the I/O errno encountered is returned. .Pp .Fn writedisklabel diff --git a/share/man/man9/dma_alloc.9 b/share/man/man9/dma_alloc.9 index e9357711774..5f0f74e7467 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/dma_alloc.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/dma_alloc.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dma_alloc.9,v 1.7 2016/09/15 06:11:14 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dma_alloc.9,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: pool.9,v 1.18 2001/06/21 11:59:01 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2011 Theo de Raadt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 15 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DMA_ALLOC 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This allocator provides DMA-safe memory managed using the interface. It is safe to call in most contexts and is typically used for temporary buffers up to 65536 bytes. -When buffers are used many times it may be better to consider +When buffers are used many times, it may be better to consider using other DMA-safe allocators. .Pp Interrupt protection is set to diff --git a/share/man/man9/ifiq_input.9 b/share/man/man9/ifiq_input.9 index fbace4413c2..025ee55d52a 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ifiq_input.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ifiq_input.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ifiq_input.9,v 1.3 2020/06/05 05:33:58 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ifiq_input.9,v 1.4 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2020 David Gwynne <dlg@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt IFIQ_INPUT 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Enqueue the list of mbufs in on the .Fa ifiq interface input queue and notify the network stack to process them. -If the queue rejects the packets they will be freed +If the queue rejects the packets, they will be freed and counted as drops. .It Fn ifiq_enqueue "struct ifiqueue *ifq" "struct mbuf *m" Enqueue the mbuf diff --git a/share/man/man9/ifq_enqueue.9 b/share/man/man9/ifq_enqueue.9 index ca6b98d536a..a4cae89355a 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ifq_enqueue.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ifq_enqueue.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ifq_enqueue.9,v 1.12 2021/03/20 21:02:56 sthen Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ifq_enqueue.9,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2015 David Gwynne <dlg@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 20 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt IFQ_ENQUEUE 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Enqueue mbuf on the .Fa ifq interface send queue. -If the queue rejects the packet it will be freed with +If the queue rejects the packet, it will be freed with .Xr m_freem 9 and counted as a drop. .It Fn ifq_dequeue "struct ifqueue *ifq" diff --git a/share/man/man9/mbuf.9 b/share/man/man9/mbuf.9 index 0f5502337eb..df549928469 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/mbuf.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/mbuf.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mbuf.9,v 1.123 2021/03/08 02:47:26 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mbuf.9,v 1.124 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Jean-Jacques Bernard-Gundol <jjbg@openbsd.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MGET 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ has the M_PKTHDR flag set, the header is copied. If .Fa len -is M_COPYALL +is M_COPYALL, the whole mbuf is copied. The .Fa wait @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Prepend space of size .Fa plen to the mbuf pointed to by .Fa m . -If necessary allocate a new mbuf and prepend it to the mbuf chain pointed to by +If necessary, allocate a new mbuf and prepend it to the mbuf chain pointed to by .Fa m . If .Fa m diff --git a/share/man/man9/psignal.9 b/share/man/man9/psignal.9 index 45c2a29aaa8..254fe3ee9b7 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/psignal.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/psignal.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: psignal.9,v 1.7 2018/12/17 14:51:57 visa Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: psignal.9,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: psignal.9,v 1.5 1999/03/16 00:40:47 garbled Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 17 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PSIGNAL 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ a controlling terminal. If .Fa pgrp is -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL , no action is taken. .Pp The diff --git a/share/man/man9/srp_enter.9 b/share/man/man9/srp_enter.9 index db98e05da09..5fa824e42bb 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/srp_enter.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/srp_enter.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: srp_enter.9,v 1.15 2017/01/18 13:18:07 dlg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: srp_enter.9,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2015 David Gwynne <dlg@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 18 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SRP_ENTER 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ replace the data referenced by the srp struct .Fa p with the data referenced by .Fa v . -When the original data is no longer in use it will be destroyed by the garbage +When the original data is no longer in use, it will be destroyed by the garbage collector .Fa gc . .Fn srp_update diff --git a/share/man/man9/style.9 b/share/man/man9/style.9 index 02a481ad3f7..d8d4b72386b 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/style.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/style.9 @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: style.9,v 1.77 2021/01/22 14:13:57 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: style.9,v 1.78 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 22 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt STYLE 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Enumeration values are all uppercase. enum enumtype { ONE, TWO } et; .Ed .Pp -When defining unsigned integers use +When defining unsigned integers, use .Dq "unsigned int" rather than just .Dq "unsigned" ; @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ volatile use the syntax volatile char *foo; .Ed .Pp -If both the pointer and the thing pointed to are volatile use +If both the pointer and the thing pointed to are volatile, use .Bd -literal -offset indent volatile char *volatile foo; .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man9/timeout.9 b/share/man/man9/timeout.9 index b2836bd5e1f..e1acee157c6 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/timeout.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/timeout.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: timeout.9,v 1.53 2021/05/11 13:29:25 cheloha Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: timeout.9,v 1.54 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Artur Grabowski <art@openbsd.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF .\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 11 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TIMEOUT_SET 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ The function .Fn timeout_del will cancel the timeout in the argument .Fa to . -If the timeout has already executed or has never been added +If the timeout has already executed or has never been added, the call will have no effect. .Pp .Fn timeout_del_barrier diff --git a/share/man/man9/tsleep.9 b/share/man/man9/tsleep.9 index ffdc1e59ce4..51635a2bcfa 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/tsleep.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/tsleep.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tsleep.9,v 1.15 2020/03/20 03:37:09 cheloha Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tsleep.9,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: sleep.9,v 1.11 1999/03/24 06:15:12 mycroft Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 20 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TSLEEP 9 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ of processes executing in kernel mode. If the flag .Dv PCATCH is OR'ed into -.Fa priority +.Fa priority , the process checks for posted signals before and after sleeping. .It Fa wmesg A pointer to a character string indicating the reason a process is sleeping. diff --git a/share/termtypes/termcap.5 b/share/termtypes/termcap.5 index 01cdb2dad40..af0fff13350 100644 --- a/share/termtypes/termcap.5 +++ b/share/termtypes/termcap.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: termcap.5,v 1.30 2016/12/28 22:47:11 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: termcap.5,v 1.31 2022/03/31 17:27:23 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991 The Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)termcap.5 6.11 (Berkeley) 3/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 28 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TERMCAP 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -514,11 +514,11 @@ and .Sy \&\e\e . If it is necessary to place a .Sy \&: -in a capability it must be escaped in octal as +in a capability, it must be escaped in octal as .Sy \&\e072 . If it is necessary to place a .Dv NUL -character in a string capability it must be encoded as +character in a string capability, it must be encoded as .Sy \&\e200 . (The routines that deal with .Nm diff --git a/sys/arch/amd64/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 b/sys/arch/amd64/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 index 709ccfeae68..165cdedf778 100644 --- a/sys/arch/amd64/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 +++ b/sys/arch/amd64/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: biosboot.8,v 1.12 2015/09/10 15:16:43 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: biosboot.8,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 Tom Cosgrove <tom.cosgrove@arches-consulting.com> .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Michael Shalayeff @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIOSBOOT 8 amd64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ if you move your disk between machines and/or controllers. When .Nm receives control from either the BIOS or the -master boot record (MBR) it will print the message: +master boot record (MBR), it will print the message: .Pp .Dl Loading .Pp diff --git a/sys/arch/i386/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 b/sys/arch/i386/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 index 0c6364930f8..4ee9ae78ea5 100644 --- a/sys/arch/i386/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 +++ b/sys/arch/i386/stand/biosboot/biosboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: biosboot.8,v 1.26 2015/09/10 15:16:43 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: biosboot.8,v 1.27 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 Tom Cosgrove <tom.cosgrove@arches-consulting.com> .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Michael Shalayeff @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BIOSBOOT 8 i386 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ if you move your disk between machines and/or controllers. When .Nm receives control from either the BIOS or the -master boot record (MBR) it will print the message: +master boot record (MBR), it will print the message: .Pp .Dl Loading .Pp diff --git a/sys/arch/landisk/stand/xxboot/xxboot.8 b/sys/arch/landisk/stand/xxboot/xxboot.8 index 16c98346fab..fdd97dda72f 100644 --- a/sys/arch/landisk/stand/xxboot/xxboot.8 +++ b/sys/arch/landisk/stand/xxboot/xxboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: xxboot.8,v 1.5 2017/07/06 17:24:49 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: xxboot.8,v 1.6 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Shalayeff .\" All rights reserved. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT .\" OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 6 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt XXBOOT 8 landisk .Os .Sh NAME @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ switch. .Pp When .Nm -receives control from the master boot record (MBR) it will print a banner: +receives control from the master boot record (MBR), it will print a banner: .Pp .Dl OpenBSD MBR .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/cal/cal.1 b/usr.bin/cal/cal.1 index 5f370bccaff..f3ac720df63 100644 --- a/usr.bin/cal/cal.1 +++ b/usr.bin/cal/cal.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: cal.1,v 1.31 2016/11/27 10:37:22 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: cal.1,v 1.32 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: cal.1,v 1.6 1995/09/02 05:34:20 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)cal.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 27 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CAL 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Display weeks starting on Monday instead of Sunday. Display week numbers in the month display. If .Fl m -is specified the ISO week format is assumed. +is specified, the ISO week format is assumed. The options .Fl j and diff --git a/usr.bin/cdio/cdio.1 b/usr.bin/cdio/cdio.1 index 05e9580067f..2d6c75bc6ee 100644 --- a/usr.bin/cdio/cdio.1 +++ b/usr.bin/cdio/cdio.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: cdio.1,v 1.66 2020/06/26 19:51:14 naddy Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: cdio.1,v 1.67 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Serge V. Vakulenko .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 26 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CDIO 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ the CD player need not be connected to an audio device; instead it rips tracks from disk and outputs audio data to the default audio device. Both individual tracks and track ranges may be specified. -If range is specified in descending order tracks will be played in descending order. +If range is specified in descending order, tracks will be played in descending order. If the first value in the range is omitted, tracks from first track on disk to the specified one will be played. If the last value in the range is omitted, tracks from the specified track to the last track on disk will be played. .It Ic cdrip Op Ar track1-trackN ... diff --git a/usr.bin/chpass/chpass.1 b/usr.bin/chpass/chpass.1 index 0cdda5f105d..b18a07aa149 100644 --- a/usr.bin/chpass/chpass.1 +++ b/usr.bin/chpass/chpass.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: chpass.1,v 1.42 2019/04/23 17:52:12 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: chpass.1,v 1.43 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: chpass.1,v 1.7 1996/05/15 21:50:40 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)chpass.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 12/30/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 23 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CHPASS 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ will keep trying to lock the password file until it succeeds or the user hits the interrupt character (control-C by default). If .Nm -is interrupted while trying to gain the lock any changes made will be lost. +is interrupted while trying to gain the lock, any changes made will be lost. .Pp -If the process holding the lock was prematurely terminated the lock +If the process holding the lock was prematurely terminated, the lock file may be stale and .Nm will wait forever trying to lock the password file. diff --git a/usr.bin/dig/host.1 b/usr.bin/dig/host.1 index e0ef90c6e44..eedc63196db 100644 --- a/usr.bin/dig/host.1 +++ b/usr.bin/dig/host.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: host.1,v 1.3 2022/02/17 14:08:11 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: host.1,v 1.4 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2004, 2005, 2007-2009, 2014-2018 Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC") .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR .\" PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 17 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt HOST 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ will query for PTR records. .Pp If a query type of .Cm IXFR -is chosen the starting serial number can be specified by appending an equal +is chosen, the starting serial number can be specified by appending an equal followed by the starting serial number (like .Fl t Cm IXFR= Ns Ar 12345678 ) . .It Fl V diff --git a/usr.bin/find/find.1 b/usr.bin/find/find.1 index 9982a50d01b..6d0f86cbca3 100644 --- a/usr.bin/find/find.1 +++ b/usr.bin/find/find.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: find.1,v 1.100 2021/03/07 15:25:15 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: find.1,v 1.101 2022/03/31 17:27:24 naddy Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)find.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 7 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FIND 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ exits with a zero exit status. If the string .Qq {} appears anywhere in the utility name or the -arguments it is replaced by the pathname of the current file. +arguments, it is replaced by the pathname of the current file. .Pp If terminated by a plus sign, the pathnames for which the @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ requests user affirmation for the execution of by printing a message to the terminal and reading a response. If the response is other than -.Sq y +.Sq y , the command is not executed and the value of the .Ic ok @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ It evaluates to true if the expression is false. .It Ar expression Cm -and Ar expression .It Ar expression expression The logical AND operator. -As it is implied by the juxtaposition of two expressions it does not +As it is implied by the juxtaposition of two expressions, it does not have to be specified. The expression evaluates to true if both expressions are true. The second expression is not evaluated if the first expression is false. diff --git a/usr.bin/hexdump/hexdump.1 b/usr.bin/hexdump/hexdump.1 index acaa32bdb23..53c68b60ef6 100644 --- a/usr.bin/hexdump/hexdump.1 +++ b/usr.bin/hexdump/hexdump.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: hexdump.1,v 1.27 2020/01/16 16:46:47 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: hexdump.1,v 1.28 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: hexdump.1,v 1.14 2001/12/07 14:46:24 bjh21 Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)hexdump.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt HEXDUMP 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ one. Each format is applied iteration count times. .Pp The byte count is an optional positive integer. -If specified it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by +If specified, it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format. .Pp If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash diff --git a/usr.bin/htpasswd/htpasswd.1 b/usr.bin/htpasswd/htpasswd.1 index d2a70d7bba7..3e593700528 100644 --- a/usr.bin/htpasswd/htpasswd.1 +++ b/usr.bin/htpasswd/htpasswd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: htpasswd.1,v 1.8 2017/07/07 16:30:06 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: htpasswd.1,v 1.9 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2014 Florian Obser <florian@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 7 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt HTPASSWD 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If invoked with two arguments or one argument if the .Fl I flag is used -.Pc +.Pc , user authentication .Ar file is updated. diff --git a/usr.bin/indent/indent.1 b/usr.bin/indent/indent.1 index bf463cbede6..4a0e812b4ea 100644 --- a/usr.bin/indent/indent.1 +++ b/usr.bin/indent/indent.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: indent.1,v 1.23 2013/06/24 16:01:05 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: indent.1,v 1.24 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)indent.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 7/1/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 24 2013 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt INDENT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ checks to make sure it is different from .Pp If no .Ar input-file -is specified +is specified, input is read from stdin and the formatted file is written to stdout. .Pp The options listed below control the formatting style imposed by @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ and to be ignored. .It Fl pcs , npcs If true -.Pq Fl pcs +.Pq Fl pcs , all procedure calls will have a space inserted between the name and the .Ql \&( . @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ The default is .Fl npcs . .It Fl psl , npsl If true -.Pq Fl psl +.Pq Fl psl , the names of procedures being defined are placed in column 1 \- their types, if any, will be left on the previous lines. The default is diff --git a/usr.bin/m4/m4.1 b/usr.bin/m4/m4.1 index c614235a42a..37ee158422d 100644 --- a/usr.bin/m4/m4.1 +++ b/usr.bin/m4/m4.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" @(#) $OpenBSD: m4.1,v 1.65 2021/03/08 02:47:28 jsg Exp $ +.\" @(#) $OpenBSD: m4.1,v 1.66 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt M4 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ There cannot be any space following the macro name and the open parenthesis .Pq Sq \&( . If the macro name is not followed by an open -parenthesis it is processed with no arguments. +parenthesis, it is processed with no arguments. .Pp Macro names consist of a leading alphabetic or underscore possibly followed by alphanumeric or underscore characters, e.g., @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Returns the index of the second argument in the first argument (e.g., .Ic index(the quick brown fox jumped, fox) returns 16). If the second -argument is not found index returns \-1. +argument is not found, index returns \-1. .It Fn indir macro arg1 ... Indirectly calls the macro whose name is passed as the first argument, with the remaining arguments passed as first, ... arguments. @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ except it ignores any errors. .It Fn substr string offset length Returns a substring of the first argument starting at the offset specified by the second argument and the length specified by the third argument. -If no third argument is present it returns the rest of the string. +If no third argument is present, it returns the rest of the string. .It Fn syscmd cmd Passes the first argument to the shell. Nothing is returned. diff --git a/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 b/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 index 2a858891d5e..d712811f0cc 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mail.1,v 1.82 2022/02/18 23:17:15 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mail.1,v 1.83 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)mail.1 8.8 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MAIL 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ and to shift forwards and backwards, or simply enter a message number to move directly. .Ss Disposing of mail -After examining a message you can +After examining a message, you can .Ic delete .Pq Ic d or diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make.1 b/usr.bin/make/make.1 index 5171e18c2cb..23a17d1e9f6 100644 --- a/usr.bin/make/make.1 +++ b/usr.bin/make/make.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: make.1,v 1.134 2021/11/11 20:42:54 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: make.1,v 1.135 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.18 1997/03/10 21:19:53 christos Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 11 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp -If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues +If the conditional evaluates to true, the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a diff --git a/usr.bin/mg/mg.1 b/usr.bin/mg/mg.1 index e559affbb00..a335c89e4d5 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mg/mg.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mg/mg.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mg.1,v 1.125 2021/05/02 14:13:17 lum Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mg.1,v 1.126 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" This file is in the public domain. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 2 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MG 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ Replace the current dired buffer with an alternate one as specified by the position of the cursor in the dired buffer. .It dired-find-file Open the file on the current line of the dired buffer. -If the cursor is on a directory it will be opened in dired mode. +If the cursor is on a directory, it will be opened in dired mode. .It dired-flag-file-deletion Flag the file listed on the current line for deletion. This is indicated in the buffer by putting a D at the left margin. diff --git a/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 b/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 index 2338de9b7ad..20cd5ec5abd 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mktemp.1,v 1.30 2019/01/25 00:19:26 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mktemp.1,v 1.31 2022/03/31 17:27:25 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2010, 2013 .\" Todd C. Miller <millert@openbsd.org> @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 25 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MKTEMP 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ to it, for example .Pa /tmp/tfile.XXXXXXXXXX . If no .Ar template -is specified a default of +is specified, a default of .Pa tmp.XXXXXXXXXX is used and the .Fl t diff --git a/usr.bin/netstat/netstat.1 b/usr.bin/netstat/netstat.1 index 70439ae434f..ca58b404282 100644 --- a/usr.bin/netstat/netstat.1 +++ b/usr.bin/netstat/netstat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: netstat.1,v 1.92 2021/01/02 16:50:33 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: netstat.1,v 1.93 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: netstat.1,v 1.11 1995/10/03 21:42:43 thorpej Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1992, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)netstat.1 8.8 (Berkeley) 4/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 2 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NETSTAT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ useful for debugging e.g. with the flag. When used with the .Fl r -flag it shows the internal addresses of the routing table. +flag, it shows the internal addresses of the routing table. Only the super-user can see these addresses; unprivileged users will see them as 0x0. .It Fl a diff --git a/usr.bin/nfsstat/nfsstat.1 b/usr.bin/nfsstat/nfsstat.1 index 4511d593cd3..24db07ce6ec 100644 --- a/usr.bin/nfsstat/nfsstat.1 +++ b/usr.bin/nfsstat/nfsstat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: nfsstat.1,v 1.16 2018/01/12 04:36:45 deraadt Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: nfsstat.1,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: nfsstat.1,v 1.8 1996/03/03 17:21:28 thorpej Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)nfsstat.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 12 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NFSSTAT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ If neither .Fl M nor .Fl N -option was specified statistics will be obtained from the running system +option was specified, statistics will be obtained from the running system by calling .Xr sysctl 2 . Otherwise the specified core and system will be used to fetch diff --git a/usr.bin/nm/size.1 b/usr.bin/nm/size.1 index c3e06a637b1..2eefb9fd8d3 100644 --- a/usr.bin/nm/size.1 +++ b/usr.bin/nm/size.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: size.1,v 1.7 2020/02/08 01:09:58 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: size.1,v 1.8 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: size.1,v 1.6 1996/01/14 23:07:11 pk Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)size.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 8 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SIZE 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ If a library (archive) is given, displays the segment sizes for each object archive member. If no .Ar file -is specified +is specified, .Nm attempts to report on the file .Pa a.out . diff --git a/usr.bin/openssl/openssl.1 b/usr.bin/openssl/openssl.1 index 92c4af720c4..6b701609c22 100644 --- a/usr.bin/openssl/openssl.1 +++ b/usr.bin/openssl/openssl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: openssl.1,v 1.136 2022/02/18 10:24:32 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: openssl.1,v 1.137 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" ==================================================================== .\" Copyright (c) 1998-2002 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ .\" copied and put under another distribution licence .\" [including the GNU Public Licence.] .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OPENSSL 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ If an OID .Pq object identifier is not part of .Nm openssl Ns 's -internal table it will be represented in +internal table, it will be represented in numerical form .Pq for example 1.2.3.4 . .Pp @@ -1146,8 +1146,8 @@ should be linked to each certificate. One or more certificates of message recipients: used when encrypting a message. .It Fl certfile Ar file Allows additional certificates to be specified. -When signing these will be included with the message. -When verifying these will be searched for the signer's certificates. +When signing, these will be included with the message. +When verifying, these will be searched for the signer's certificates. The certificates should be in PEM format. .It Fl certsout Ar file A file that any certificates contained in the message are written to. @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ email address matches that specified in the From: address. .It Fl econtent_type Ar type Set the encapsulated content type, used with .Fl sign . -If not supplied the Data type is used. +If not supplied, the Data type is used. The type argument can be any valid OID name in either text or numerical format. .It Fl in Ar file The input message to be encrypted or signed or the message to be decrypted or @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ the certificate file specified with the or .Fl signer file. -When signing this option can be used multiple times to specify successive keys. +When signing, this option can be used multiple times to specify successive keys. .It Fl keyform Cm der | pem Input private key format. The default is @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ the .Fl certfile option for example). .It Fl nodetach -When signing a message use opaque signing. +When signing a message, use opaque signing. This form is more resistant to translation by mail relays but it cannot be read by mail agents that do not support S/MIME. Without this option cleartext signing with the MIME type multipart/signed is @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ used. Only the certificates specified in the .Fl certfile option are used. -When verifying a message normally certificates (if any) included in the +When verifying a message, normally certificates (if any) included in the message are searched for the signing certificate. The supplied certificates can still be used as untrusted CAs however. .It Fl nooldmime @@ -1354,10 +1354,10 @@ operation. Add an explicit email address where signed receipts should be sent to. This option must be supplied if a signed receipt is requested. .It Fl recip Ar file -When decrypting a message this specifies the recipient's certificate. +When decrypting a message, this specifies the recipient's certificate. The certificate must match one of the recipients of the message or an error occurs. -When encrypting a message this option may be used multiple times to +When encrypting a message, this option may be used multiple times to specify each recipient. This form must be used if customised parameters are required (for example to specify RSA-OAEP). @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ operations. When used with .Fl encrypt or -.Fl decrypt +.Fl decrypt , the supplied key is used to wrap or unwrap the content encryption key using an AES key in the KEKRecipientInfo type. .It Fl secretkeyid Ar id @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ This option currently has no effect. .It Fl text Add plain text (text/plain) MIME headers to the supplied message if encrypting or signing. -If decrypting or verifying it strips off text headers: if the decrypted +If decrypting or verifying, it strips off text headers: if the decrypted or verified message is not of MIME type text/plain then an error occurs. .It Fl verify_retcode Set verification error code to exit code to indicate what verification error @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ to use: this must be represented as a string comprised only of hex digits. .It Fl salt Use a salt in the key derivation routines (the default). -When the salt is being used +When the salt is being used, the first eight bytes of the encrypted data are reserved for the salt: it is randomly generated when encrypting a file and read from the encrypted file when it is decrypted. @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ The output format. .It Fl paramfile Ar file Some public key algorithms generate a private key based on a set of parameters, which can be supplied using this option. -If this option is used the public key +If this option is used, the public key algorithm used is determined by the parameters. This option must precede any .Fl pkeyopt @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ If an OCSP request is being created (using the .Fl cert and .Fl serial -options) +options), a nonce is automatically added; specifying .Fl no_nonce overrides this. @@ -3306,7 +3306,7 @@ The MAC is used to check the file integrity but since it will normally have the same password as the keys and certificates it could also be attacked. By default, both MAC and encryption iteration counts are set to 2048; using these options the MAC and encryption iteration counts can be set to 1. -Since this reduces the file security you should not use these options +Since this reduces the file security, you should not use these options unless you really have to. Most software supports both MAC and key iteration counts. .It Fl out Ar file @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ generates an RSA key in size. If .Ar nbits -is omitted +is omitted, the default key size is used. .Pp .No dsa : Ns Ar file @@ -5327,7 +5327,7 @@ option, for example). Do not do chain verification of signers' certificates: that is, don't use the certificates in the signed message as untrusted CAs. .It Fl nodetach -When signing a message use opaque signing: this form is more resistant +When signing a message, use opaque signing: this form is more resistant to translation by mail relays but it cannot be read by mail agents that do not support S/MIME. Without this option cleartext signing with the MIME type @@ -5664,7 +5664,7 @@ This option does not require a request; it is useful, for example, to examine the content of a response or token or to extract the time stamp token from a response. -If the input is a token and the output is a time stamp response a default +If the input is a token and the output is a time stamp response, a default .Qq granted status info is added to the token. .It Fl inkey Ar private.pem @@ -5685,7 +5685,7 @@ The key password source. The default policy to use for the response. Either dotted OID notation or OID names defined in the config file can be used. -If no policy is requested the TSA uses its own default policy. +If no policy is requested, the TSA uses its own default policy. .It Fl queryfile Ar request.tsq The file containing a DER-encoded time stamp request. .It Fl section Ar tsa_section @@ -5795,7 +5795,7 @@ for a description. The file containing the hexadecimal serial number of the last time stamp response created. This number is incremented by 1 for each response. -If the file does not exist at the time of response generation +If the file does not exist at the time of response generation, a new file is created with serial number 1. This parameter is mandatory. .It Cm signer_cert diff --git a/usr.bin/passwd/passwd.1 b/usr.bin/passwd/passwd.1 index 262e7bffa0f..064953e25f2 100644 --- a/usr.bin/passwd/passwd.1 +++ b/usr.bin/passwd/passwd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: passwd.1,v 1.47 2021/04/14 13:59:59 millert Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: passwd.1,v 1.48 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)passwd.1 6.11 (Berkeley) 7/24/91 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 14 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PASSWD 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ will keep trying to lock the password file until it succeeds or you hit the interrupt character (control-C by default). If .Nm -is interrupted while trying to gain the lock the password change will +is interrupted while trying to gain the lock, the password change will be lost. .Pp -If the process holding the lock was prematurely terminated the lock +If the process holding the lock was prematurely terminated, the lock file may be stale and .Nm will wait forever trying to lock the password file. diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 b/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 index af12a7174e1..f88192f4add 100644 --- a/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 +++ b/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: patch.1,v 1.35 2022/02/18 23:17:15 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: patch.1,v 1.36 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" Copyright 1986, Larry Wall .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PATCH 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ One or more lines were written to a reject file. An error occurred. .El .Pp -When applying a set of patches in a loop it behooves you to check this +When applying a set of patches in a loop, it behooves you to check this exit status so you don't apply a later patch to a partially patched file. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS Too many to list here, but generally indicative that diff --git a/usr.bin/pkg-config/pkg-config.1 b/usr.bin/pkg-config/pkg-config.1 index bcf7300dac2..c2967e0796a 100644 --- a/usr.bin/pkg-config/pkg-config.1 +++ b/usr.bin/pkg-config/pkg-config.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pkg-config.1,v 1.36 2021/12/26 02:53:17 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pkg-config.1,v 1.37 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Chris Kuethe <ckuethe@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 26 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PKG-CONFIG 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ When set to a list of paths, separated by :, these paths will be excluded from the output of include paths set with .Fl I . .It Ev PKG_CONFIG_TOP_BUILD_DIR -If set +If set, .Nm uses the specified value for .Em pc_top_builddir diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 b/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 index 8c2fe25d9a5..cdecb7977cb 100644 --- a/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 +++ b/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pr.1,v 1.28 2020/12/13 15:36:36 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pr.1,v 1.29 2022/03/31 17:27:26 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller. .\" Copyright (c) 1993 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)pr.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 13 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PR 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ where is an integer > 0. If .Ar gap -is zero or is omitted the default is 8. +is zero or is omitted, the default is 8. All .Em <tab> characters in the input are expanded into the appropriate diff --git a/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 b/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 index ce1f28fc7e5..b4313e22b51 100644 --- a/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 +++ b/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: skey.1,v 1.36 2015/10/09 21:59:34 tim Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: skey.1,v 1.37 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" @(#)skey.1 1.1 10/28/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 9 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SKEY 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ This implementation of is RFC 2289 compliant. .Pp Before using -.Nm skey +.Nm skey , the system needs to be initialized using .Xr skeyinit 1 ; this will establish a secret passphrase. diff --git a/usr.bin/skeyinit/skeyinit.1 b/usr.bin/skeyinit/skeyinit.1 index 537049df0bf..01e3855c6c3 100644 --- a/usr.bin/skeyinit/skeyinit.1 +++ b/usr.bin/skeyinit/skeyinit.1 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: skeyinit.1,v 1.42 2022/02/06 00:29:03 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: skeyinit.1,v 1.43 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: skeyinit.1,v 1.4 1995/07/07 22:24:09 jtc Exp $ .\" @(#)skeyinit.1 1.1 10/28/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SKEYINIT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The program will ask you to enter a secret passphrase which is used by to generate one-time passwords: enter a phrase of several words in response. After the S/Key database -has been updated you can log in using either your regular password +has been updated, you can log in using either your regular password or using S/Key one-time passwords. .Pp .Nm diff --git a/usr.bin/sndioctl/sndioctl.1 b/usr.bin/sndioctl/sndioctl.1 index 55b4a16c65d..b43cdc9b59e 100644 --- a/usr.bin/sndioctl/sndioctl.1 +++ b/usr.bin/sndioctl/sndioctl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sndioctl.1,v 1.15 2020/11/21 14:34:33 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sndioctl.1,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2014-2020 Alexandre Ratchov <alex@caoua.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SNDIOCTL 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ of the same stream are disguised as a single mono control to hide details that are not essential. .El .Pp -If no commands are specified all valid controls are displayed on +If no commands are specified, all valid controls are displayed on .Em stdout . Unless .Fl d , diff --git a/usr.bin/snmp/snmp.1 b/usr.bin/snmp/snmp.1 index 062fa1fd989..52b662a3bac 100644 --- a/usr.bin/snmp/snmp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/snmp/snmp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: snmp.1,v 1.21 2022/03/10 01:56:02 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: snmp.1,v 1.22 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2019 Martijn van Duren <martijn@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 10 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SNMP 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ This uses the subcommand internally and requests a single varbind at a time. If no .Ar oid -is specified it defaults to mib-2 +is specified, it defaults to mib-2 .Pq .1.3.6.1.2.1 . .It Xo .Nm snmp @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ This command is not available for An SNMP based version of the .Xr df 1 command. -If no size suffix is shown the sizes are in kilobytes. +If no size suffix is shown, the sizes are in kilobytes. .It Nm Cm mibtree Oo Fl O Ar fnS Oc Op Ar oid ... Dump the tree of compiled-in MIB objects. If @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Defaults to 1. Sets the username. If .Fl v Cm 3 -is used this option is required. +is used, this option is required. This option is only used by .Fl v Cm 3 . .It Fl v Ar version diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 b/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 index a2823145329..91b1fd53241 100644 --- a/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 +++ b/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sort.1,v 1.64 2021/09/04 19:21:39 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sort.1,v 1.65 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)sort.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 4 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SORT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ and which correspond to the options discussed above. When .Cm b -is specified it applies only to +is specified, it applies only to .Ar field1 or .Ar field2 diff --git a/usr.bin/ssh/sftp.1 b/usr.bin/ssh/sftp.1 index 766adceea40..39e7d6ed68a 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ssh/sftp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/ssh/sftp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: sftp.1,v 1.139 2022/03/31 03:07:03 djm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sftp.1,v 1.140 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Damien Miller. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Batch mode reads a series of commands from an input .Ar batchfile instead of .Em stdin . -Since it lacks user interaction it should be used in conjunction with +Since it lacks user interaction, it should be used in conjunction with non-interactive authentication to obviate the need to enter a password at connection time (see .Xr sshd 8 diff --git a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-agent.1 b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-agent.1 index 2cf46160bf7..52634e92c42 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-agent.1 +++ b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-agent.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-agent.1,v 1.72 2020/06/22 05:52:05 djm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-agent.1,v 1.73 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Author: Tatu Ylonen <ylo@cs.hut.fi> .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Tatu Ylonen <ylo@cs.hut.fi>, Espoo, Finland @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 22 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSH-AGENT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ This is the default if looks like it's a csh style of shell. .It Fl D Foreground mode. -When this option is specified +When this option is specified, .Nm will not fork. .It Fl d Debug mode. -When this option is specified +When this option is specified, .Nm will not fork and will write debug information to standard error. .It Fl E Ar fingerprint_hash diff --git a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-keysign.8 b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-keysign.8 index 73b62397c10..6b4b9b270ba 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-keysign.8 +++ b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh-keysign.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-keysign.8,v 1.16 2019/11/30 07:07:59 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-keysign.8,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Markus Friedl. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 30 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSH-KEYSIGN 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ must be set-uid root if host-based authentication is used. .It Pa /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key-cert.pub .It Pa /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key-cert.pub .It Pa /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key-cert.pub -If these files exist they are assumed to contain public certificate +If these files exist, they are assumed to contain public certificate information corresponding with the private keys above. .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh.1 b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh.1 index ce002491169..4a4f1683a82 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh.1 +++ b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh.1 @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh.1,v 1.429 2022/02/06 00:29:03 jsg Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh.1,v 1.430 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSH 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ argument is the listen port will be dynamically allocated on the server and reported to the client at run time. When used together with -.Ic -O forward +.Ic -O forward , the allocated port will be printed to the standard output. .Pp .It Fl S Ar ctl_path @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ the user a normal shell as an interactive session. All communication with the remote command or shell will be automatically encrypted. .Pp -If an interactive session is requested +If an interactive session is requested, .Nm by default will only request a pseudo-terminal (pty) for interactive sessions when the client has one. @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ and .Fl t can be used to override this behaviour. .Pp -If a pseudo-terminal has been allocated the +If a pseudo-terminal has been allocated, the user may use the escape characters noted below. .Pp If no pseudo-terminal has been allocated, diff --git a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh_config.5 b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh_config.5 index 7b5827373ae..29fe03d8b98 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ssh/ssh_config.5 +++ b/usr.bin/ssh/ssh_config.5 @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh_config.5,v 1.369 2022/02/15 05:13:36 djm Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 15 2022 $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh_config.5,v 1.370 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSH_CONFIG 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ directives will add to the list of certificates used for authentication. .It Cm CheckHostIP If set to -.Cm yes +.Cm yes , .Xr ssh 1 will additionally check the host IP address in the .Pa known_hosts @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ If forwarding to a specific destination then the second argument must be or a Unix domain socket path, otherwise if no destination argument is specified then the remote forwarding will be established as a SOCKS proxy. -When acting as a SOCKS proxy the destination of the connection can be +When acting as a SOCKS proxy, the destination of the connection can be restricted by .Cm PermitRemoteOpen . .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/ssh/sshd.8 b/usr.bin/ssh/sshd.8 index ba67b2de78f..49489753ff7 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ssh/sshd.8 +++ b/usr.bin/ssh/sshd.8 @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: sshd.8,v 1.317 2021/09/10 11:38:38 dtucker Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2021 $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sshd.8,v 1.318 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SSHD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ Enable all restrictions, i.e. disable port, agent and X11 forwarding, as well as disabling PTY allocation and execution of .Pa ~/.ssh/rc . -If any future restriction capabilities are added to authorized_keys files +If any future restriction capabilities are added to authorized_keys files, they will be included in this set. .It Cm tunnel="n" Force a diff --git a/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1 b/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1 index 52f4aaf44ac..80944297263 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.885 2022/03/24 09:05:57 nicm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.886 2022/03/31 17:27:27 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 24 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TMUX 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ then later reattached. .Pp When .Nm -is started it creates a new +is started, it creates a new .Em session with a single .Em window @@ -5915,7 +5915,7 @@ does not surround the popup by a border. sets the type of border line for the popup. When .Fl B -is specified the +is specified, the .Fl b option is ignored. See @@ -6636,7 +6636,7 @@ are replaced with underscores For input, .Nm always runs with a UTF-8 locale. -If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system it is used and +If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and .Ev LC_CTYPE is ignored for input. Otherwise, diff --git a/usr.bin/top/top.1 b/usr.bin/top/top.1 index 85a07d11a4e..3f5aa686eb4 100644 --- a/usr.bin/top/top.1 +++ b/usr.bin/top/top.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: top.1,v 1.80 2022/02/18 23:17:16 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: top.1,v 1.81 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, Jason Downs. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TOP 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ The options are as follows: .It Fl 1 Display combined CPU statistics for all processors on a single line instead of one line per CPU. -If there are more than 8 CPUs detected in the system this option +If there are more than 8 CPUs detected in the system, this option is automatically enabled. .It Fl b Use diff --git a/usr.bin/tput/tput.1 b/usr.bin/tput/tput.1 index ac5ff65dbe8..9e5e1aad79d 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tput/tput.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tput/tput.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tput.1,v 1.23 2016/12/28 22:47:11 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tput.1,v 1.24 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: tput.1,v 1.4 1994/12/07 08:49:10 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)tput.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 28 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TPUT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ The utility makes terminal-dependent information available to users or shell applications. When invoked as -.Nm clear +.Nm clear , it provides the same functionality as .Nm tput Cm clear . .Pp @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Determine the terminal type. The exit value of .Nm is based on the last attribute specified. -If the attribute is of type string or of type integer the exit +If the attribute is of type string or of type integer, the exit value is as follows: .Pp .Bl -tag -offset indent -width Ds -compact diff --git a/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 b/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 index 999cafc2477..a3bf5c85199 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tset.1,v 1.22 2015/12/03 11:32:34 nicm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tset.1,v 1.23 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)tset.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 3 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TSET 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ users or .Pa .login for .Xr csh 1 -users) it is often desirable to provide information about the type of +users), it is often desirable to provide information about the type of terminal used on such ports. .Pp The purpose of the diff --git a/usr.bin/usbhidaction/usbhidaction.1 b/usr.bin/usbhidaction/usbhidaction.1 index 595159d6bc4..44bca77bab6 100644 --- a/usr.bin/usbhidaction/usbhidaction.1 +++ b/usr.bin/usbhidaction/usbhidaction.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: usbhidaction.1,v 1.15 2020/06/24 19:19:03 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: usbhidaction.1,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: usbhidaction.1,v 1.6 2002/01/18 14:38:59 augustss Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 24 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt USBHIDACTION 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ can be used to execute commands when certain values appear on HID controls. The normal operation for this program is to read the configuration file and then become a daemon and execute commands as the HID items specify. -If a read from the HID device fails the program dies; this will make it +If a read from the HID device fails, the program dies; this will make it die when the USB device is unplugged. .Pp The options are as follows: @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ The item names are similar to those used by but each part must be prefixed by its page name. .Pp The value is simply a numeric value. -When the item reports this value the action will be performed. -If the value is `*' it will match any value. +When the item reports this value, the action will be performed. +If the value is `*', it will match any value. .Pp The action is a normal command that is executed by using .Xr fork 2 . diff --git a/usr.bin/usbhidctl/usbhidctl.1 b/usr.bin/usbhidctl/usbhidctl.1 index 5f0f2d5d01f..bba757465b0 100644 --- a/usr.bin/usbhidctl/usbhidctl.1 +++ b/usr.bin/usbhidctl/usbhidctl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: usbhidctl.1,v 1.15 2021/05/31 18:30:11 jcs Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: usbhidctl.1,v 1.16 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: usbhidctl.1,v 1.14 2001/12/28 17:49:32 augustss Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt USBHIDCTL 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ If a list of items is present on the command line, then prints the current value of those items for the specified device. If the .Fl w -flag is specified +flag is specified, .Nm attempts to set the specified items to the given values. .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 b/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 index 5531f9daca3..a4a17e0a1c1 100644 --- a/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 +++ b/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: vacation.1,v 1.25 2021/01/21 13:19:58 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: vacation.1,v 1.26 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: vacation.1,v 1.5 1995/08/31 21:57:08 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1987, 1990, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)vacation.1 8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt VACATION 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ headers for either the line or a .Dq Return-Path header to determine the sender. -If both are present the sender from the +If both are present, the sender from the .Dq Return-Path header is used. .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/vi/docs/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 b/usr.bin/vi/docs/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 index 7e3ba6cd642..04430f14adf 100644 --- a/usr.bin/vi/docs/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 +++ b/usr.bin/vi/docs/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: vi.1,v 1.79 2021/03/08 02:47:29 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: vi.1,v 1.80 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)vi.1 8.51 (Berkeley) 10/10/96 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt VI 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ and commands. .It Cm secure Turns off all access to external programs. -Once set this option can't be disabled. +Once set, this option can't be disabled. .It Cm shell , sh Bq "environment variable SHELL, or /bin/sh" Select the shell used by the editor. .It Cm shellmeta Bq ~{[*?$`'\&"\e diff --git a/usr.bin/what/what.1 b/usr.bin/what/what.1 index d03bef317c3..96e9e1e2dab 100644 --- a/usr.bin/what/what.1 +++ b/usr.bin/what/what.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: what.1,v 1.20 2019/01/20 14:03:19 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: what.1,v 1.21 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" $NetBSD: what.1,v 1.3 1994/11/17 06:59:38 jtc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .\" .\" @(#)what.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 20 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt WHAT 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ as inserted by the source code control system (SCCS). .Pp When .Sq $ -followed by the system name is encountered +followed by the system name is encountered, .Nm prints the remainder of the string up to a .Sq $ diff --git a/usr.sbin/amd/amd/amd.8 b/usr.sbin/amd/amd/amd.8 index 0fc128a02b9..b83b29b903d 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/amd/amd/amd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/amd/amd/amd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: amd.8,v 1.25 2021/03/08 02:47:29 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: amd.8,v 1.26 2022/03/31 17:27:28 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry .\" Copyright (c) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)amd.8 5.10 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 8 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt AMD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ option and a fuller description is available in the program source. .It Fl d Ar domain Specify the local domain name. -If this option is not given the domain name is determined from the hostname. +If this option is not given, the domain name is determined from the hostname. .It Fl k Ar kernel-arch Specifies the kernel architecture. This is used solely to set the ${karch} selector. diff --git a/usr.sbin/apmd/apmd.8 b/usr.sbin/apmd/apmd.8 index 79c469f15ef..299543cdb90 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/apmd/apmd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/apmd/apmd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: apmd.8,v 1.53 2021/11/03 19:54:28 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: apmd.8,v 1.54 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 John T. Kohl .\" All rights reserved. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE .\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 3 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt APMD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ When resuming after suspend or standby, runs the appropriate configuration program (if one exists). .Pp When the power status changes -(battery is connected or disconnected) +(battery is connected or disconnected), .Nm fetches the current status and reports it via .Xr syslog 3 diff --git a/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.8 b/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.8 index 4dac23a64b0..2fad7c99ce6 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bgpd.8,v 1.71 2021/09/03 07:58:07 claudio Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bgpd.8,v 1.72 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Henning Brauer <henning@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 3 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BGPD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ The path coming from the neighbor with the lowest wins. If the .Em ORIGINATOR_ID -attribute is present that value will be used in the comparison instead. +attribute is present, that value will be used in the comparison instead. .It The path with the shortest .Em CLUSTER_LIST diff --git a/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.conf.5 index 53a74d8419d..530e2e9182a 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/bgpd/bgpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bgpd.conf.5,v 1.218 2022/03/10 01:45:30 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bgpd.conf.5,v 1.219 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Claudio Jeker <claudio@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Henning Brauer <henning@openbsd.org> @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 10 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BGPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ daemons, such as .Pq Ic default Ns | Ns Ic all .Xc If set to -.Ar all +.Ar all , keep evaluating alternative paths in case the selected path is filtered out. By default if a path is filtered by the output filters then no alternative @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Create a control socket at .Ar path . If .Ic restricted -is specified a restricted control socket will be created. +is specified, a restricted control socket will be created. By default .Pa /var/run/bgpd.sock.<rdomain> is used where @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ server. Specify the TCP destination port for the .Em rtr session. -If not specified the default +If not specified, the default .Ic port is .Em 323 . @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ aes-128-cbc <key> .Ed .Pp Keys must be given in hexadecimal format. -After changing settings a session needs to be reset to use the new keys. +After changing settings, a session needs to be reset to use the new keys. The .Ic ipsec flows only work with session using the default port 179. @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ After starting the and .Xr bgpd 8 daemons on both sides, the session should be established. -After changing settings a session needs to be reset to use the new keys. +After changing settings, a session needs to be reset to use the new keys. The .Ic ipsec flows only work with session using the default port 179. @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Set the AS number of the remote system. .Pq Ic default Ns | Ns Ic all .Xc If set to -.Ar all +.Ar all , keep evaluating alternative paths in case the selected path is filtered out. By default if a path is filtered by the output filters then no alternative @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ The shared secret can either be given as a password or hexadecimal key. tcp md5sig password mekmitasdigoat tcp md5sig key deadbeef .Ed -After changing keys a session needs to be reset to use the new keys. +After changing keys, a session needs to be reset to use the new keys. .Pp .It Xo .Ic transparent-as @@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ which is expanded to the current neighbor remote AS number, or which is expanded to the locally assigned AS number. .Pp When specifying an -.Ic as-set Ar name +.Ic as-set Ar name , the AS path will instead be matched against all the AS numbers in the set. .Pp The diff --git a/usr.sbin/btrace/bt.5 b/usr.sbin/btrace/bt.5 index f26355c70aa..ab76ea4f49d 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/btrace/bt.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/btrace/bt.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bt.5,v 1.13 2021/11/12 16:57:24 claudio Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bt.5,v 1.14 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2019 Martin Pieuchot <mpi@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 12 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BT 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ They are periodically collected by which formats them using the corresponding .Ar action . If a recorded event doesn't match the optional -.Ar filter +.Ar filter , it will be silently ignored. .Pp A valid diff --git a/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcp-options.5 b/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcp-options.5 index c496a061904..25b168fdb21 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcp-options.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcp-options.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhcp-options.5,v 1.31 2019/05/08 22:00:55 krw Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhcp-options.5,v 1.32 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 The Internet Software Consortium. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/isc''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 8 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCP-OPTIONS 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ used during DNS name resolution. When .Xr dhclient 8 constructs -.Xr resolv.conf 5 +.Xr resolv.conf 5 , it will use this list of domains in preference to any information provided by the .Ic domain-name diff --git a/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.8 b/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.8 index bed2b116fe7..e86dcd90c52 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhcpd.8,v 1.29 2017/08/29 08:20:18 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhcpd.8,v 1.30 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 The Internet Software Consortium. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: August 29 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCPD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ will run in the foreground and log to An alias for .Fl d . .It Fl L Ar leased_ip_table -When an address is leased +When an address is leased, .Nm will insert it into the .Xr pf 4 diff --git a/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.conf.5 index d6c0635cafb..9ef9aeda243 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/dhcpd/dhcpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhcpd.conf.5,v 1.26 2020/05/16 16:58:11 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhcpd.conf.5,v 1.27 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1998, 1999 .\" The Internet Software Consortium. All rights reserved. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/isc''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ to be false. .Pp When .Ic echo-client-id -is true +is true , .Xr dhcpd 8 copies option dhcp-client-identifier (code 61) from diff --git a/usr.sbin/dhcrelay/dhcrelay.8 b/usr.sbin/dhcrelay/dhcrelay.8 index 1b9a79b91c0..071e989f7f4 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/dhcrelay/dhcrelay.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/dhcrelay/dhcrelay.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhcrelay.8,v 1.16 2017/02/15 19:36:24 krw Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhcrelay.8,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The Internet Software Consortium. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/isc''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 15 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCRELAY 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ The relay agent information sub-option value that .Nm should append on relayed packets. -If this option is not specified it will use the interface number by default. +If this option is not specified, it will use the interface number by default. .It Fl d Do not daemonize. If this option is specified, @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The relay agent information sub-option value that .Nm should append on relayed packets. -If this option is not specified it will use the destination address by default. +If this option is not specified, it will use the destination address by default. .It Fl r Replace incoming Relay Agent Information with the one configured. .El diff --git a/usr.sbin/dhcrelay6/dhcrelay6.8 b/usr.sbin/dhcrelay6/dhcrelay6.8 index a96731d3ab2..f006bb4c508 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/dhcrelay6/dhcrelay6.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/dhcrelay6/dhcrelay6.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: dhcrelay6.8,v 1.2 2017/03/17 16:45:27 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: dhcrelay6.8,v 1.3 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The Internet Software Consortium. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .\" see ``http://www.isc.org/isc''. To learn more about Vixie .\" Enterprises, see ``http://www.vix.com''. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 17 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt DHCRELAY6 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ The .Ar destination might be an address followed by a `%' and an interface name, or just an interface name (e.g. "2001:db8::1%em0" or "em1"). -When no address is specified +When no address is specified, .Nm will use multicast on the specified interface. .Pp @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The relay agent information option value that .Nm should use on relayed packets. -If this option is not specified it will use the interface name by +If this option is not specified, it will use the interface name by default. .Pp Avoid using this option when using Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Mode diff --git a/usr.sbin/edquota/edquota.8 b/usr.sbin/edquota/edquota.8 index adda04b458c..8f30c55d1b6 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/edquota/edquota.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/edquota/edquota.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: edquota.8,v 1.12 2016/03/17 18:50:48 mmcc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: edquota.8,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)edquota.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 -.\" $Id: edquota.8,v 1.12 2016/03/17 18:50:48 mmcc Exp $ +.\" $Id: edquota.8,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 17 2016 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt EDQUOTA 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ quotas specified in .Pa /etc/fstab . When invoked with the .Fl g -flag the grace period is +flag, the grace period is set for all the filesystems with group quotas specified in .Pa /etc/fstab . The grace period may be specified in days, hours, minutes, or seconds. diff --git a/usr.sbin/ftp-proxy/ftp-proxy.8 b/usr.sbin/ftp-proxy/ftp-proxy.8 index 5ea785ae855..d97f03b8b03 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ftp-proxy/ftp-proxy.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ftp-proxy/ftp-proxy.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ftp-proxy.8,v 1.24 2020/02/12 14:46:36 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ftp-proxy.8,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Camiel Dobbelaar, <cd@sentia.nl> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 12 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt FTP-PROXY 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -199,4 +199,4 @@ This makes third party file transfers impossible. .Pp Since .Nm -acts as a man-in-the-middle it breaks explicit FTP TLS connections (RFC 4217). +acts as a man-in-the-middle, it breaks explicit FTP TLS connections (RFC 4217). diff --git a/usr.sbin/hostapd/hostapd.8 b/usr.sbin/hostapd/hostapd.8 index 91401c33f42..e8c2c05ca97 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/hostapd/hostapd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/hostapd/hostapd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: hostapd.8,v 1.22 2022/02/18 02:20:33 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: hostapd.8,v 1.23 2022/03/31 17:27:29 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt HOSTAPD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ broadcasts an IAPP message when a new station is associated to the Host AP. When .Nm -receives an ADD.notify message it tells the Host AP +receives an ADD.notify message, it tells the Host AP to remove the specified station. .Pp .Nm diff --git a/usr.sbin/ikectl/ikectl.8 b/usr.sbin/ikectl/ikectl.8 index 25ab5746d84..7a79c949c03 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ikectl/ikectl.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ikectl/ikectl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ikectl.8,v 1.27 2020/04/25 18:38:21 tobhe Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ikectl.8,v 1.28 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007-2013 Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 25 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt IKECTL 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ or argument. If the .Ic ocsp -argument is specified the extended key usage will be set for OCSP signing. +argument is specified, the extended key usage will be set for OCSP signing. .It Xo .Cm ca Ar name Cm certificate Ar host .Cm delete diff --git a/usr.sbin/iscsictl/iscsi.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/iscsictl/iscsi.conf.5 index 40892b778a4..09b58654f5c 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/iscsictl/iscsi.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/iscsictl/iscsi.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: iscsi.conf.5,v 1.4 2020/04/23 21:28:09 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: iscsi.conf.5,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012 Claudio Jeker <claudio@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Henning Brauer <henning@openbsd.org> @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: April 23 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ISCSI.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ used to connect to the remote target. The .Ic initiatorname can be used to restrict access to a target. -If not given +If not given, .Xr iscsid 8 will use .Em iqn.1995-11.org.openbsd.iscsid diff --git a/usr.sbin/ldomctl/ldom.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/ldomctl/ldom.conf.5 index 20978571cab..a6555199e65 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ldomctl/ldom.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/ldomctl/ldom.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ldom.conf.5,v 1.16 2021/11/17 15:13:36 kn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ldom.conf.5,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012 Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 17 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt LDOM.CONF 5 sparc64 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ A scope with .Ar name .Dq primary configures resources for the primary domain. -If no configuration for the primary domain exists it is assigned +If no configuration for the primary domain exists, it is assigned all CPU and memory resources not used by any guest domains. .It Ic vcpu Ar number Ns Op : Ns Ar stride Declare the number of virtual CPUs assigned to a domain. diff --git a/usr.sbin/mopd/mopd/mopd.8 b/usr.sbin/mopd/mopd/mopd.8 index 02f31f21a2d..948436c3ea7 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mopd/mopd/mopd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/mopd/mopd/mopd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mopd.8,v 1.18 2013/10/20 07:40:43 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mopd.8,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993-96 Mats O Jansson. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" @(#) $OpenBSD: mopd.8,v 1.18 2013/10/20 07:40:43 jmc Exp $ +.\" @(#) $OpenBSD: mopd.8,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 20 2013 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MOPD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ In a load request received by .Nm a filename can be given. This is the normal case for, e.g., terminal servers. -If a filename isn't given +If a filename isn't given, .Nm must know what image to load. .Pp diff --git a/usr.sbin/mopd/mopprobe/mopprobe.1 b/usr.sbin/mopd/mopprobe/mopprobe.1 index 6eecf2e88c0..00b73a74ba7 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mopd/mopprobe/mopprobe.1 +++ b/usr.sbin/mopd/mopprobe/mopprobe.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mopprobe.1,v 1.16 2017/07/06 16:50:58 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mopprobe.1,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Mats O Jansson. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 6 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MOPPROBE 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ or all known interfaces if .Fl a is given. If -.Fl o +.Fl o , inhibits all messages but the first from a node. With .Fl v diff --git a/usr.sbin/netgroup_mkdb/netgroup_mkdb.8 b/usr.sbin/netgroup_mkdb/netgroup_mkdb.8 index 69ebb9def08..21ee5367c9e 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/netgroup_mkdb/netgroup_mkdb.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/netgroup_mkdb/netgroup_mkdb.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: netgroup_mkdb.8,v 1.9 2018/06/07 11:37:21 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: netgroup_mkdb.8,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Christos Zoulas .\" All rights reserved. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: June 7 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NETGROUP_MKDB 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ current netgroup file .Sh BUGS Because .Nm netgroup_mkdb -guarantees not to install a partial destination file it must +guarantees not to install a partial destination file, it must build a temporary file in the same file system and if successful use .Xr rename 2 to install over the destination file. .Pp If .Nm netgroup_mkdb -fails it will leave the previous version of the destination file intact. +fails, it will leave the previous version of the destination file intact. diff --git a/usr.sbin/npppd/npppd/npppd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/npppd/npppd/npppd.conf.5 index c25227eca57..779f17c223f 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/npppd/npppd/npppd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/npppd/npppd/npppd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: npppd.conf.5,v 1.29 2022/03/10 03:09:55 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: npppd.conf.5,v 1.30 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012 YASUOKA Masahiko <yasuoka@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: March 10 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NPPPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ This option is for PPPoE only. .It Ic pppoe-accept-any-service Ar yes | no If .Dq yes -is specified +is specified, .Xr npppd 8 accepts requests from clients that are accepting any service names. The default value is diff --git a/usr.sbin/ntpd/ntpd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/ntpd/ntpd.conf.5 index 1c3b260ad77..080dbc18bcc 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ntpd/ntpd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/ntpd/ntpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ntpd.conf.5,v 1.47 2021/01/06 13:03:13 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ntpd.conf.5,v 1.48 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Henning Brauer <henning@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT .\" OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 6 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt NTPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ will be marked as invalid. .It Ic constraint from Ar url [ip...] Specify the URL, IP address or the hostname of an HTTPS server to provide a constraint. -If the url is followed by one or more addresses the url and addresses will be +If the url is followed by one or more addresses, the url and addresses will be tried until a working one is found. The url path and expected certificate name is always taken from the url specified. diff --git a/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.8 b/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.8 index 7cacffa1dc0..702bbdcf004 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ospf6d.8,v 1.19 2019/11/10 20:51:53 landry Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ospf6d.8,v 1.20 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004, 2005, 2007 Esben Norby <norby@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 10 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OSPF6D 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ IP protocol number 89 is reserved for OSPF. All routers in an OSPF network spend most of their time keeping each others' LSDBs in sync. All routers must have the same information in the LSDB at all times. -Every time the LSDB is updated the RIB is updated; if needed the FIB is +Every time the LSDB is updated, the RIB is updated; if needed, the FIB is also updated. .Pp In a multi-access network such as Ethernet, it is unfeasible for all routers @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ A router not elected either DR or BDR will have 2-WAY adjacency with all routers but the DR and BDR. Routers with 2-WAY adjacency recognize that they know each other, but do not exchange information about their LSDBs. -If a DR or BDR fails another router is elected DR or BDR +If a DR or BDR fails, another router is elected DR or BDR and all routers form FULL adjacencies with the newly elected DR or BDR. .Pp When routers are connected via point-to-point links, DR and BDR diff --git a/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.conf.5 index 695553d3e0c..0af8e88ae86 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/ospf6d/ospf6d.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ospf6d.conf.5,v 1.24 2020/05/16 16:58:12 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ospf6d.conf.5,v 1.25 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005 Esben Norby <norby@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Claudio Jeker <claudio@openbsd.org> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OSPF6D.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -318,14 +318,14 @@ The default value is 5 seconds; valid range is 5\-3600 seconds. Set the router dead time, a.k.a. neighbor inactivity timer. The default value is 40 seconds; valid range is 2\-65535 seconds. When a neighbor has been -inactive for router-dead-time its state is set to DOWN. +inactive for router-dead-time, its state is set to DOWN. Neighbors that have been inactive for more than 24 hours are completely removed. .It Ic router-priority Ar priority Set the router priority. The default value is 1; valid range is 0\-255. If set -to 0 the router is not eligible as a Designated Router or Backup Designated +to 0, the router is not eligible as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. .It Ic transmit-delay Ar seconds Set the transmit delay. diff --git a/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.8 b/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.8 index 20e017da355..5eb633315ca 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ospfd.8,v 1.32 2019/11/10 20:51:53 landry Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ospfd.8,v 1.33 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004, 2005, 2007 Esben Norby <norby@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 10 2019 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OSPFD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ IP protocol number 89 is reserved for OSPF. All routers in an OSPF network spend most of their time keeping each others' LSDBs in sync. All routers must have the same information in the LSDB at all times. -Every time the LSDB is updated the RIB is updated; if needed the FIB is +Every time the LSDB is updated, the RIB is updated; if needed, the FIB is also updated. .Pp In a multi-access network such as Ethernet, it is unfeasible for all routers @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ A router not elected either DR or BDR will have 2-WAY adjacency with all routers but the DR and BDR. Routers with 2-WAY adjacency recognize that they know each other, but do not exchange information about their LSDBs. -If a DR or BDR fails another router is elected DR or BDR +If a DR or BDR fails, another router is elected DR or BDR and all routers form FULL adjacencies with the newly elected DR or BDR. .Pp When routers are connected via point-to-point links, DR and BDR diff --git a/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.conf.5 index 6a39ea34179..1cb08a23718 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/ospfd/ospfd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ospfd.conf.5,v 1.62 2020/05/16 16:58:12 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ospfd.conf.5,v 1.63 2022/03/31 17:27:30 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005 Esben Norby <norby@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Claudio Jeker <claudio@openbsd.org> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 16 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt OSPFD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ connection to the backbone area 0.0.0.0. Each interface can have several parameters configured individually, otherwise they are inherited. An interface is specified by its name. -If multiple networks are configured an additional IP address can be supplied. +If multiple networks are configured, an additional IP address can be supplied. By default the first IP address is used. .Bd -literal -offset indent interface em0 { @@ -409,14 +409,14 @@ the timer is set to 1 second and hello packets are sent using the interval specified by .Ic fast-hello-interval . When a neighbor has been -inactive for router-dead-time its state is set to DOWN. +inactive for router-dead-time, its state is set to DOWN. Neighbors that have been inactive for more than 24 hours are completely removed. .It Ic router-priority Ar priority Set the router priority. The default value is 1; valid range is 0\-255. If set -to 0 the router is not eligible as a Designated Router or Backup Designated +to 0, the router is not eligible as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. .It Ic transmit-delay Ar seconds Set the transmit delay. diff --git a/usr.sbin/pppd/chat/chat.8 b/usr.sbin/pppd/chat/chat.8 index ced14861456..ffc18e02998 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/pppd/chat/chat.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/pppd/chat/chat.8 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: chat.8,v 1.19 2011/07/25 18:33:19 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: chat.8,v 1.20 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" Id: chat.8,v 1.7 1998/02/04 01:35:49 paulus Exp $ .\" manual page [] for chat 1.8 -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 25 2011 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt CHAT 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ The expected string is .Em CONNECT . If the string .Em CONNECT -is received the remainder of the script is executed. +is received, the remainder of the script is executed. However, should the modem find a busy telephone, it will send the string .Em BUSY . This will cause the string to match the abort character sequence. @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ The expected string is .Em CONNECT . If the string .Em CONNECT -is received the remainder of the script is executed. +is received, the remainder of the script is executed. In addition the program will write to the expect-file the string .Dq CONNECT plus any characters which follow it such as the connection rate. diff --git a/usr.sbin/pppd/pppd.8 b/usr.sbin/pppd/pppd.8 index 9d96056f503..911253b85af 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/pppd/pppd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/pppd/pppd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pppd.8,v 1.47 2020/12/03 22:47:22 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pppd.8,v 1.48 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" Id: pppd.8,v 1.27 1998/03/31 04:31:08 paulus Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993-2003 Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org> @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 3 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PPPD 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ If you are using a .Xr cua 4 device (as opposed to a .Xr tty 4 -device) +device), you should set this option. You should not use this option with a dialback setup as it will cause the chat script to exit when carrier drops. diff --git a/usr.sbin/pwd_mkdb/pwd_mkdb.8 b/usr.sbin/pwd_mkdb/pwd_mkdb.8 index 05471317993..b65c64e3cbc 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/pwd_mkdb/pwd_mkdb.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/pwd_mkdb/pwd_mkdb.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: pwd_mkdb.8,v 1.28 2017/09/10 16:24:43 schwarze Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: pwd_mkdb.8,v 1.29 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" .\" from: @(#)pwd_mkdb.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt PWD_MKDB 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Only update the secure version of the database. This is most commonly used in conjunction with the .Fl u flag during a password change. -Because the insecure database doesn't contain the password there +Because the insecure database doesn't contain the password, there is no reason to update it if the only change is in the password field. Cannot be used in conjunction with the .Fl p diff --git a/usr.sbin/relayd/relayd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/relayd/relayd.conf.5 index 135aaad49e0..90ee6995fd5 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/relayd/relayd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/relayd/relayd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: relayd.conf.5,v 1.204 2022/02/06 00:29:03 jsg Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: relayd.conf.5,v 1.205 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016 Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2007 Pierre-Yves Ritschard <pyr@openbsd.org> @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RELAYD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Metrics can be found under the relaydMIBObjects subtree .Pq enterprises.30155.3 . If .Ar path -is omitted it will default to +is omitted, it will default to .Pa /var/agentx/master . .Ar Context is the SNMPv3 context and can usually be omitted. diff --git a/usr.sbin/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.5 b/usr.sbin/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.5 index 00a6ef6cfd3..32766736908 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: bootparams.5,v 1.12 2017/07/13 19:16:33 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: bootparams.5,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Gordon W. Ross .\" All rights reserved. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 13 2017 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt BOOTPARAMS 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ client root=server:/export/client/root \e .Ed .Pp When the client named "client" requests the pathname for -its logical "root" it will be given the server name "server" +its logical "root", it will be given the server name "server" and the pathname .Pa /export/client/root as the response to its diff --git a/usr.sbin/rpki-client/rpki-client.8 b/usr.sbin/rpki-client/rpki-client.8 index 88cb5fe9b43..56164f1dc2e 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/rpki-client/rpki-client.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/rpki-client/rpki-client.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: rpki-client.8,v 1.56 2022/01/26 14:42:39 claudio Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: rpki-client.8,v 1.57 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2019 Kristaps Dzonsons <kristaps@bsd.lv> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: January 26 2022 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt RPKI-CLIENT 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ against the RPKI cache stored in and print human-readable information about the object. If .Ar file -is an rsync:// URI the corresponding file from the cache will be used. +is an rsync:// URI, the corresponding file from the cache will be used. This option implies .Fl n . .It Fl j diff --git a/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd-filters.7 b/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd-filters.7 index dbc990c1ce9..313404c111c 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd-filters.7 +++ b/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd-filters.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: smtpd-filters.7,v 1.8 2021/11/21 06:48:15 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: smtpd-filters.7,v 1.9 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Janne Johansson <jj@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2009 Jacek Masiulaniec <jacekm@dobremiasto.net> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SMTPD-FILTERS 7 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ config|subsystem|smtp-in .Pp When .Xr smtpd 8 -has sent all configuration keys it emits the following line: +has sent all configuration keys, it emits the following line: .Bd -literal -offset indent config|ready .Ed diff --git a/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd.conf.5 index 1c0e6415188..38fd85b08e3 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/smtpd/smtpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: smtpd.conf.5,v 1.262 2021/11/21 06:48:15 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: smtpd.conf.5,v 1.263 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Janne Johansson <jj@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2009 Jacek Masiulaniec <jacekm@dobremiasto.net> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SMTPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ in such a way that traffic is routed as efficiently as possible. The Administrative Management Domain this mail server belongs to. The authservid will be forwarded to filters using it to identify or mark authentication-results headers. -If omitted it defaults to the server name. +If omitted, it defaults to the server name. .It Ic bounce Cm warn-interval Ar delay Op , Ar delay ... Send warning messages to the envelope sender when temporary delivery failures cause a message to remain in the queue for longer than diff --git a/usr.sbin/snmpd/snmpd.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/snmpd/snmpd.conf.5 index 2e4de727c51..fa8483899d7 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/snmpd/snmpd.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/snmpd/snmpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: snmpd.conf.5,v 1.58 2021/09/02 05:41:02 martijn Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: snmpd.conf.5,v 1.59 2022/03/31 17:27:31 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008, 2012 Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: September 2 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SNMPD.CONF 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ or when .Ar port is 162. -If no subsystem flags are specified it defaults to +If no subsystem flags are specified, it defaults to .Ic snmpv3 . .Pp Having @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ must point to an existing global .Ic user . If .Ic seclevel -is not defined it defaults to the global +is not defined, it defaults to the global .Ic seclevel option. The IPv4 or IPv6 source address of the traps can be enforced using @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ must be either .Ic hmac-sha384 , or .Ic hmac-sha512 . -If omitted the default is +If omitted, the default is .Ic hmac-sha1 . .Pp With diff --git a/usr.sbin/syslogc/syslogc.8 b/usr.sbin/syslogc/syslogc.8 index 89acd353b00..11a01358a2c 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/syslogc/syslogc.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/syslogc/syslogc.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: syslogc.8,v 1.10 2015/11/05 09:48:05 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: syslogc.8,v 1.11 2022/03/31 17:27:32 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Damien Miller .\" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN .\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 5 2015 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt SYSLOGC 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ If the log has overflowed, then a message will be printed to and the exit status will be set to 1. .It Fl q Request a list of available logs. -If a log has overflowed an asterisk +If a log has overflowed, an asterisk .Pq Ql * will be appended to its name. .It Fl s Ar reporting_socket diff --git a/usr.sbin/tftp-proxy/tftp-proxy.8 b/usr.sbin/tftp-proxy/tftp-proxy.8 index bfd34645492..0083cc25b7c 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/tftp-proxy/tftp-proxy.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/tftp-proxy/tftp-proxy.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tftp-proxy.8,v 1.9 2018/11/05 07:03:08 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tftp-proxy.8,v 1.10 2022/03/31 17:27:32 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005 joshua stein <jcs@openbsd.org> .\" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 5 2018 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TFTP-PROXY 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ After seconds, the states are assumed to have been established and the .Xr pf 4 rules are deleted and the program exits. -Once the transfer between the client and the server is completed the +Once the transfer between the client and the server is completed, the states will naturally expire. .Pp The options are as follows: diff --git a/usr.sbin/tokenadm/tokenadm.8 b/usr.sbin/tokenadm/tokenadm.8 index a603d2bc93a..4fb7a2e1101 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/tokenadm/tokenadm.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/tokenadm/tokenadm.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: tokenadm.8,v 1.6 2007/05/31 19:20:30 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: tokenadm.8,v 1.7 2022/03/31 17:27:32 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" .\" BSDI $From: tokenadm.8,v 1.3 1996/09/06 00:44:07 prb Exp $ .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2007 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt TOKENADM 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ flag may be used alone or in conjunction with either the or .Fl e flags. -Whenever reduced-input mode is set the reduced-input state is reset. +Whenever reduced-input mode is set, the reduced-input state is reset. This should be done if a paper copy of challenge/responses had been produced and then misplaced. .It Fl R diff --git a/usr.sbin/ypserv/mkalias/mkalias.8 b/usr.sbin/ypserv/mkalias/mkalias.8 index b926905019f..6860d3aeed1 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ypserv/mkalias/mkalias.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ypserv/mkalias/mkalias.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mkalias.8,v 1.12 2020/11/01 21:32:04 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: mkalias.8,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:32 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Mats O Jansson <moj@stacken.kth.se> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 1 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt MKALIAS 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -87,5 +87,5 @@ or .Nm on SunOS 4.1.x seems to have a .Fl s . -Since I don't know what it is supposed to do I haven't implemented it. +Since I don't know what it is supposed to do, I haven't implemented it. But it is accepted by the program. diff --git a/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypserv/ypserv.acl.5 b/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypserv/ypserv.acl.5 index d91026861f4..914c17daadc 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypserv/ypserv.acl.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypserv/ypserv.acl.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ypserv.acl.5,v 1.26 2020/11/01 21:32:04 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ypserv.acl.5,v 1.27 2022/03/31 17:27:32 naddy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Mats O Jansson <moj@stacken.kth.se> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: November 1 2020 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt YPSERV.ACL 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The YP server reads the configuration file and builds a list in memory. This list is processed from the beginning for every incoming request. As soon as a -match is found in the list the search terminates and it returns success +match is found in the list, the search terminates and it returns success or failure depending on which of .Ic allow or @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ or was specified. If no match was found in the list, success is returned. .Pp -If access is denied every call will cause a +If access is denied, every call will cause a .Dq no such domain error for the caller. .Pp diff --git a/usr.sbin/zic/zic.8 b/usr.sbin/zic/zic.8 index 724becd9ceb..0ed93b54155 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/zic/zic.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/zic/zic.8 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: zic.8,v 1.4 2020/10/07 22:36:14 millert Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 7 2020 $ +.\" $OpenBSD: zic.8,v 1.5 2022/03/31 17:27:32 naddy Exp $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $ .Dt ZIC 8 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ or .Dq EDT ) of time zone abbreviations to be used when this rule is in effect. If this field is -.Dq Fl +.Dq \- , the variable part is null. .El .Pp |